MASTER 
NEGATIVE 
NO.  91-80038 


c- 


MICROFILMED  1993 
COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES/NEW  YORK 


as  part  of  the 
"Foundations  of  Western  Civilization  Preservation  Project" 


Funded  by  the 

WMENT  FOR  THE  HUMANITIES 


Reproductions  may  not  be  made  without  permission  from 

Columbia  University  Library 


COPYRIGHT  STATEMENT 


The  copyright  law  of  the  United  States  -  Title  17,  United 
States  Code  -  concerns  the  making  of  photocopies  or 
other  reproductions  of  copyrighted  material. 

> 

Under  certain  conditions  specified  in  the  law,  libraries  and 
archives  are  authorized  to  furnish  a  photocopy  or  other 
reproduction.  One  of  these  specified  conditions  is  that  the 
photocopy  or  other  reproduction  is  not  to  be  '*used  for  any 
purpose  other  than  private  study,  scholarship,  or 
research."  If  a  user  makes  a  request  for,  or  later  uses,  a 
photocopy  or  reproduction  for  purposes  in  excess  of  "fair 
use,"  that  user  may  be  liable  for  copyright  infringement. 

« 

This  institution  reserves  the  right  to  refuse  to  accept  a 
copy  order  if,  in  its  judgement,  fulfillment  of  the  order 
would  involve  violation  of  the  copyright  law. 


AUTHOR: 


LEASE,  EMORY 


TITLE: 


SYNTACTIC,  STYLISTIC 
AND  METRICAL... 


PLACE: 


BALTIMORE 


DA  TE : 


1895 


Ijit  :    ■  /"• 


■!♦:•■? 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION  DEPARTMENT 

BIBLIOGRAPHIC  MICROFORM  TARGET 


Master  Negative  # 

___?/_-i^>^r_i___ 


Original  Material  as  Filmed  -  Existing  Bibliographic  Record 


87P97 
EL 


•  •  • 


Lease,  Emory  Bair,  1863-1931. 

A  syntactic,  stylistic  and  metrical  stucfc^  of 
Prudentiusj  a  thesis  •••by  Emory  Bair  Lease 
Baltimore,  Friedenwald,  1895^ 

viii,  79  p.  24  cm. 

"Recent  literature  relating  to  Prudentius",  p. 

cSOa 

Thesis  (Ph^  D^),  Johns  Hopkins  university,  1894» 


V 


Restrictions  on  Use: 


^ 


TECHNICAL  MICROFORM  DATA 


REDUCTION     RATIO: 


/w 


FILM     SIZE:    ^J  >Tl  rTi 

IMAGE  PL ACEME^TT:    lA    ,^53  IB     IIB  .      ,  ' 

DATE     FILMED:_JL._L     ^  _iil3»ll5.  INITIALS ^ yA^^ 

HLMEDBY:   RESEARCH  PUBLICATIONS.  INC  WOODBRIDGE.  CT 


WLL-.-.ii.^^-i^-f'^-i. 


D 


Association  for  information  and  image  Management 

1 1 00  Wayne  Avenue,  Suite  1 1 00 
Silver  Spring,  Maryland  20910 

301/587-8202 


Centimeter 

1  2         3 

iiiM||i|l||i|l||i|lii[ilii|ilim 


Inches 


1 


4 

ilmi 


5         6         7        8 

iiiliiiiliiiiliiiiliiiiliiiiliiiil 


m 


1.0 


LI 


1.25 


iiiiiii 


T 


9        10       11        12       13       14       15    mm 

mlimllMilMiiliiiillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 


TTT 


l'nl'|'|''|''l'[''''|''J' 


m 
m 

m. 


2.8 


3.2 


3.6 
4.0 


1.4 


2.5 


2.2 


2.0 


1.8 


1.6 


T 


#1 


MnNUFRCTURED  TO  PIIM  STRNDflRDS 
BY  nPPLIED  IMRGE,  INC. 


S 


lip^)iytSp4itt^j^^n^jAi0a>'^^       *«» '  »«'■««•■  ic^»•«J»■^v^^4iii^'T-^ir^  Wl*w*SW^ 


urn 


1 


A  Syntactic,  Stylistic  and  Metrical  Study 


OF 


8TP-)7 


EL 


(Colitnibia   (CoIUh^c 
in  tljc  (Citu  of  ilcut  llovh. 


GIVEN    BY 


'ill 

m 

■      H| 

'il 

:| 


PRUDENTIUS 


A  THESIS  PRESENTED  TO  THE  BOARD  OF  UNIVERSITY  STUDIES  OF 

THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY  FOR  THE  DEGREE 

OF  DOCTOR  OF   PHILOSOPHY 


BY 


EMORY  BAIR  LEASE 

Formerly  Fellow  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University 


iiV" 


B  ALTIMO  RK 

THE    FRIEDENWALD  COMPANY 

1895 


I 


'fii 


A  Syntactic,  Stylistic  and  Metrical  Study 


OF 


8TP0T 


EL 


©olitmltlrt   ©oiUtje 
in  tljc  Citu  of  llinu  ||ox-h. 


GIVEN    BY 


Johr»s  Ho  jv'u-13 


11 


'^1 

if 


PRUDENTIUS 


A  THESIS  PRESENTED  TO  THE  BOARD  OF  UNIVERSITY  STUDIES  OF 

THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY  FOR  THE  DEGREE 

OF  DOCTOR  OF   PHILOSOPHY 


BY 


EMORY  BAIR  LEASE 

Formerly  Fellow  of  the  "Johns  Hopkins  University 


'•■iis 


B  ALTI  MORE 

THE   FRIEDENWALD  COMPANY 

1895 


•  ••  •< 


•••  •••  •• 


•  *   * 

•  ** 


.     ••  •     • 

•  •      •  •      •• 
•  ••  ••     •    • 

•  •     •  •    •  •  « 


-^; 


•  •  • 


•  • •  •  aj    •••*•• 


•  •  • 

•  • 
•. 

•  •• 


^. 


/y 


•    •••••    ••••• 

!       I •«•  • 

•     •• 


•    •  •    •  • 


A  Syntactic,  Stylistic  and  Metrical  Study 


OF 


PRUDENTIUS 


A  THESIS  PRESENTED  TO  THE  BOARD  OF  UNIVERSITY  STUDIES  OF 

THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY  FOR  THE  DEGREE 

OF  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY 


BY 


EMORY  BAIR  LEASE 

Formerly  Fellow  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University 


B  ALTIMO  RE 

THE   FRIEDENWALD  COMPANY 

189s 


•  •••»?• 


•  • 


•  •. 


!•    • 


•        •••••• 


•     •  •     •  •  • 


...     •,• 


•  • 


•  ••     •    • 
•       •  • 


•  •• 


,••••    *.••••• 


•  - • 


•  •  •  •  • 


•  •  •• 


•  •  •  •  • 


•  •  •  ••  •  • 


••  ••• 

•  •  • 


•  ••••••• 


•  • 


Nobilissimus  Hispanorum  scholasticus.-^^^^,  Gr,  LaU  VII.  256. 

Nam  similis  scientiae  viri,  hinc  Augustinus,  hinc  Varro,  hinc 
Horatius,  hinc  Prudentius  lectitabantur.-^/rf^«/«^  Ap,  Ep.  2.  9,  4- 

Christianorum  Maro  et  Flaccus.-^^«//0'»  ''^  ^^^-  ^'  ^^  ^'  ^^' 


a- 

< 

-3 


? 


5S 


s 


IS 


<7> 
•D 

a. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGB 

Introduction i 

I.— FORMS. 

§1.  Declension S 

§2.   Conjugation 7 

§3.  Contracted  Verb-  Forms 8 

IT.— SYNTAX. 
A.  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

I.  Declarative  Sentences. 
a.  The  Subject. 

§4.  Subject  expressed •• 9 

§4a.  Impersonal  Verbs 10 

b.  Predicate. 
a)  In  General. 

§5.  Present  Participle  with  Copula 10 

§6.  Verb  omitted n 

y3)  Agreement. 

§7.  Agreement  of  Number 11 

§8.  Agreement  of  Gender 11 

7)  Tenses. 

§9.  Historical  Present 12 

§10.  Interchange  of  Tenses 12 

§11.  Present  Subjunctive  after  Past  Tense 12 

§12.    7>«^r^  as  sort  of  Auxiliary 12 

§13.  Gnomic  Perfect 12 

6)  Moods. 

1,  Subjunctive, 

§14.  Optative 13 

§15.  Potential 13 

§16.  Jussive 13 

2.  Imperative, 

§17.  Future  for  Imperative 13 

§18.  Imperative  with  Subjunctive 13 

§19.  Other  Uses 13 


T) 


IV 


3.  Infinitive,  ^^^b 

§20.  Historical  Infinitive H 

§21.  Infinitive  as  Substantive '4 

§22.  Infinitive  of  Exclamation ^4 

e)  Voice. 

§23.  Personal  Passive  from  Intransitives ^4 

§24.  Active  for  Passive ^S 

§25.  y«;'t?r  as  Deponent  Verb •  *S 

§26.  Deponent  Participle  as  Middle 'S 

c.  Attribute. 

§27.  Substantive  as  Attribute ^S 

§28.  Attributive  Use  of  Adverb *S 

d.  Apposition. 

§29.  Paratactic  Apposition ^5 

§30.  Apposition  to  Sentence ^5 

§31.  Apposition  to  Pronoun  unexpressed ^S 

e.  Cases. 

1.  Nominative. 

§32.  Nominative  with  pro ^^ 

2.  Accusative. 

§33.  After  Verbs  of  Motion ^° 

§34.  Transitive  Accusative *" 

§35.  Duration  of  Time ^^ 

§36.  Cognate  Accusative ^7 

§37.  Accusative  of  Specification 17 

§38.  Accusative  after  Pass,  of  Verbs  of  Clothing i? 

§39.  Two  Accusatives '7 

§40.  Accusative  of  Exclamation ^7 

3.  Genitive. 

§41.  Appositional  Genitive ^7 

§42.  Objective  Genitive '^ 

§43.  Genitive  after  Verbal  Nouns  in  -tor ^S 

§44.  Genitive  of  Quality '^ 

§45.  Partitive  Genitive ^^ 

§46.  Predicate  Genitive  with  esse ^9 

§47.  Genitive  with  Adjectives ^9 

§48.  Genitive  of  Charge  or  Penalty '9 

§49.  Genitive  of  Price 20 

§50.  Genitive  dependent  on  Genitive 20 

§51.  Genitive  with  Verbs  of  Memory 20 

§52.  Genitive  with  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want 20 

§52a.  Other  Genitives 21 


4.  Dative.  ^^^^ 

§53.  Dative  with  Intransitives ^^ 

§54.  Dative  after  Compound  Verbs 21 

§55.  Nomen  est • 

§56.  Dative  of  Reference ^^ 

§57.  Final  Dative ^^ 

§58.  Dative  after  Passives ^3 

§59.  Final  Locative ^3 

§60.  Dative  after  Adjectives ^4 

5.  Ablative. 

§61.  Ablative  of  Manner ^5 

§62.  Ablative  of  Respect ^S 

§63.  Ablative  of  Price ^S 

§64.  Ablative  after  Comparatives 25 

§65.  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference 26 

§66.  Ablative  of  Quality ^^ 

§67.  Ablative  of  Means ^^ 

§68.  Ablative  after  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want 26 

§69.  Ablative  of  Place  where ^7 

§70.  Ablative  of  Separation • ^7 

§71.  Ablative  denoting  Time  when  and  Duration  of  Time 28 

§72.  Ablative  Absolute ^9 

§73.  Other  Ablative  Constructions 29 

f.  Participles,  Gerund,  etc. 
I.  Participles. 

§74.  Statistical  Investigation ^9 

§75.  Pres.  Part,  after  Verbs  of  Perceiving 3° 

§76.  Deponent  Part,  as  Pass,  and  Middle 3^ 

§77.  Deponent  Participle  Aorist 3^ 

§78.  Future  Part,  as  Attribute 3^ 

§79.  Pres.  Part,  for  Perf 3^ 

§80.  Passive  for  Active 3^ 

§81.  Participle  with  Particles 3^ 

2.  Gerund. 
§82.  Usage  of  the  Different  Cases 3^ 

3.  Gerundive. 

§83.  Gerundive  denoting  End • 32 

§84.  Gerundive  after  ad 32 

§85.  Gerundive  as  Attrib.  Adjective - 32 

§86.  Copula  omitted  with  Gerundive 33 

4.  Supine. 
§87.  Occurrence  of  Supine 33 

g.  Prepositions. 
§88.  Noteworthy  Cases ^^ 


VI 


2.  Interrogative  Sentences. 


PAGB 

§89.  Particle  lacking 34 

§90.  St  as  Interrogative  Particle 34 

§91.  Other  Particles,  non,  numne^  anne  and  ne 34 


B.     COORDINATE  SENTENCES. 

§92.  Some  noticeable  cases 


34 


C.     SUBORDINATE  SENTENCES. 

I.  Subordination  without  Relative  Pronoun  or  Particle. 

a.  Paratactic  Constructions. 
§93.  Simple  Subjunctive 


§94.  Conditional  Clauses  without  Particle 

§95.  Paratactic,  Temporal  and  Causal  Construction 


35 
35 
35 


b.  Infinitive,  and  Accusative  with  Infinitive. 

§96.  Final  Infinitive 3^ 

§97.   Objective  Infinitive 36 

§98.  Simple  Infinitive  as  Subject 36 

§99.  Accus.  with  Inf.  in  Indir.  Discourse 37 

§100.  Accus.  with  Inf.  as  Subject 37 

§101.  Other  noticeable  cases, /<a!f^r^,  Exclamatory,  etc 37 

2.  Subordination  by  Means  of  Relative  Pronouns  and  Particles. 

§102.  Conditional  Relative 38 

§103.  Rel.  Clauses  of  Characteristic  Result 38 

§104.  Rel.  Clauses  of  Purpose 38 

§105.  Attraction  of  Antecedent 39 

§106.  Other  Relative  Clauses 39 

§107.  Accusative  Conjunction 39 

§108.  Locative  Conjunction 40 

§109.  Modal  Conjunction * 42 

§110.  Ablative  Conjunction 42 

D.     CHARACTERISTIC  EMPLOYMENT  OF  VARIOUS  PARTS 

OF  SPEECH. 

I.  Nouns. 

§1X1.  Abstracts  in  -/(? 43 

§112.  Abstracts  in -/«j  and -/MdT^ 43 

§113.  Nouns  in  -men  and  -mentum      44 

§114.  Plural  of  Abstracts 45 

45 

45 

45 

j^  46 


§115.  Plural  of  Concretes , 

§116.  Concretes  as  Collectives  .  .  . 
§117.  Abstract  Noun  as  Subj.  or  Obj. 
§118,  Nouns  in -/'fjr, -jtfr,  -trix  .  .  . 
§119.  Diminutives 


Vll 


2.  Adjectives.  pagb 

§120.  Adjectives  in -tf//j  and -/5///j 47 

§121.  Adjectives  (and  Part.)  as  Substantives  . 48 

§122.  Freer  Use  of  Comparatives 5° 

§123.  Comparison  by  Aid  of  Adverbs 50 

§124.  Adjective  for  Adverb 5° 

3.  Pronouns. 

§125.  Pronoun  omitted 5' 

§126.  Suus  ■\- quisque 5^ 

§127.  Interchange  of  Pronouns 5^ 

4.  Adverbs. 

§128.  Neuter  Adjective  as  Adverb 5^ 

§129.  Adverbs  in -/w  .    .    .' 5^ 

5.  Numerals. 

§130.  Use  of  Composite  Forms 5^ 

§131.  Distributives  for  Cardinals 5^ 

6.  Particles. 

§132.  Use  of  Negative  Particles 53 

§133.  Other  Particles 53 

7.  Verbs. 

§134.  Frequentatives 54 

HI —PROSODICAL  AND  METRICAL. 

I.  In  General  ;  the  Hexameter. 

§135.  Hiatus 54 

§136.  Elision 55 

§137.  Shortened  Syllables 5^ 

§138.   Forms  in  -iusy  as  illius^  etc '    •  5^ 

§139.  Spondaic  Verses 5^ 

§140.  Characteristics  of  Verse,  with  Table 5^ 

§141.  Accent  in  its  Relation  to  the  Ictus 58 

§142.  Accent— Prudentius,  Juvencus,  Vergil  compared,  Table  ....  59 

2.  Other  Meters. 

§143.  Iambic  Trimeter 60 

§144.  Sapphic • "' 

§145.  Alcaicus  Hendecasyllabus 62 

IV.— ALLITERATION. 

§146.  Classes  of  Alliteration ^3 

v.— ASYNDETON. 

§147.  Classes  of  Asyndeton ^5 


Vlll 


VI.— PRUDENTIUS  AS  AN  IMITATOR.  p^^,, 

§148.  Vergil  and  Horace  the  Chief  Models 66 

§149.   Simple  Imitation — Vergil 67 

§150.  More  Indirect  Imitation 7° 

§151.  Imitation  of  other  Poets,  Ovid,  Juvenal,  Juvencus,  etc 70 

VII.— LANGUAGE. 

§152.  Words  used  only  by  Prudentius 73 

§153.  Titles 73 

§154.  Lexical,  Errata  and  Addenda  to  Harper's  Latin  Dictionary   ,    .  74 

APPENDIX. 

§155.  Recent  Literature 80 

Biography °^ 


.1  I 


1 1  i   '  t 


(  1 1 ..  I     • 

!  .•  I   I         !         •      I 

»  I  »  J        »    >    1 

I  I  1   *  •      1              J 


I 
I 
I    i 


:  t 
I 

t  I 
I 
t  I 


III      I  I 
«    1    .  '   I    I 


.  »  I   t 


•       I  I  I      t 
>  I     •lit 
•    •    ••       < 

'III      11 


I  •  • 

I 


INTRODUCTION. 

Prudentius,  Rome's  great  Christian  poet,  flourished  during  the 
closing  years  of  the  fourth  century  and  the  early  years  of  the  fifth. 
He  lived  in  an  age  luminous  by  the  presence  of  such  eminent 
Christian  writers  as  Ambrose,   St.  Jerome,  and  Augustine,  the 
Augustan  age  of  Patristic  literature ;  an  age  possessing  the  dis- 
tinction of  having  produced  Symmachus  and  Ammianus,  "the 
last  respectable  representatives  of  the  Roman  religion  in  litera- 
ture," the  former,  Prudentius'  most  formidable  adversary ;  an  age 
which  produced  Claudianus,  and  the  great  grammarians  Servius 
and   Donatus.     Born  in  a  distant  province  and  spending  the 
greater  portion  of  his  life  remote  from  Rome,  Prudentius  soon 
became  her  best  representative  in  the  field  that  he  had  chosen. 
He  was  one  of  those  children  of  Spain  who  gave  to  the  Eternal 
City  her  best  in  more  than  one  department  of  literature.     Spain, 
the  mother  of  Rome's  greatest  rhetorician,  was  also  the  mother  of 
Rome's  greatest  Christian  poet.     TeuffeP  pronounces  Prudentius 
an  "  enthusiastic  and  artistic  poet,"  and  in  referring  to  his  verses 
in  praise  of  the  Christian  faith  and  its  martyrs,  speaks  of  their 
"  brilliant  and  picturesque  style.'"    Others  are  no  less  loud  in  their 
praise.     From  the  times  of  Sidonius  Apollinaris  down  through 
the  Middle  Ages  to  our  own  time,  he  has  been  cited,  quoted  and 
praised.'     ''  Prudentius,"  remarks  Milman,*  "  even  in  Germany, 
was  the  great  popular  poet  of  the  Middle  Ages  ;  no  work  but  the 
Bible  appears  with  so  many  glosses  in  High  German,  which  shows 
that  it  was  a  book  of  popular  instruction."     Mico  the  Levite 
quotes  more  largely  from  him  than  from  any  other  of  the  Christian 
poets.'     But  it  was  not  in  Germany  alone  that  his  works  were 
read  and  admired.     In  other   countries  frequent  references   are 

» Teuffel,  Rom.  Lit.  (Transl.  of  5th  Ed.),  §424. 

*Idem,  §436. 

3  Puech,  Prudence,  p.  36 ;  Manitius,  Christ.  Lat.  Poesie,  p.  62 ;  Sixt, 
Die  lyrischcn  Gedichte  d.  Aur.  Prud.  Clem.,  pp.  i,  43  J  Ebert,  Gesch.  d. 
Lit.  d.  Mittelalters,  P,  p.  343. 

*Milman,  Lat.  Christ.,  Bk.  IV,  Chap.  4. 

5Cf,  Ellis,  Journ.  Phil.,  1893,  p.  20. 


* 

f  I 
t  • 
•  «  « 


<  I 

I 

I  t 


»    c      «,       ,'      • 
I    C  I      «  ,        •      • 

1     I   •  .  •  • 


*  •    »  •  • 


made  to  him  in  the  MSS.  of  various  authors,  and  his  poems  are 
•<'ineirtian.tfd\ld»:the:cataloo^ues  of  a  number  of  libraries.*  His 
mnuence  upon  his  successors,  immediate  as  well  as  more  remote, 
may  be  judged  from  the  fact  that  he  was  imitated  to  a  greater  or 
less  extent  by  Paulinus  Petricordiae,  by  Sedulius,  Ale.  Avitus 
Ruricius,  Fortunatus,  Corippus,  and  Gregory  of  Tours.'*  He 
lived  in  an  age  when  the  classic  poets  were  especially  studied ; 
when  the  Christian  poets  sought  not  only  to  rival  them  in  strict- 
ness of  technique,  but  also  to  revive  the  spirit  of  those  models  ; 
when  the  literature  proceeds  from  the  schools  and  most  of  the 
authors  are  **  rhetors  "  also.^  It  was  largely  an  age  of  artificiality 
and  false  ornament,  and  Prudentius'  writings  show  that  he  was 
not  entirely  free  from  these  faults  ;  some  passages  are  obscure, 
some  painfully  prolix.  He  seems  to  have  been  not  wholly 
unconscious  of  the  dangers  that  his  fatal  copiousness  exposed 
him  to;  of.  the  close  of  the  praef.  to  S.  II:  loquax  lingua,  45  ; 
ventisque  eloquii  tumet,  58  ;  fluctibus  obruat,  65  ;  sometimes  he 
does  not  escape,  sometimes  he  is  submerged  by  the  waves  of  his 
own  verbosity.  He  wrote  not  as  those  mentioned  by  Lactantius,* 
nor  as  St.  Augustine^  himself,  so  much  for  the  people  as  for  the 
cultivated  class  of  his  time  ;  and  his  wide  acquaintance  with  the 
poets  of  Rome"  as  well  as  with  the  writings  of  the  Church  Fathers, 
the  beauty  and  polish  of  many  of  his  lines,  his  earnestness  and 
fervor,  must  have  won  for  him  no  small  portion  of  the  favor  and 
esteem  of  that  class.  Nor  further  can  it  be  maintained  that  his 
latinity  is  "  confessedly  impure,"  as  has  been  done,'  basing  the 
statement  upon  the  expression,  *' audi  poetam  rusticum,"  P.  2, 
574.  By  this  Prudentius  does  not  wish  to  say  that  he  wrote 
impure  Latin,  but,  like  Lucifer  (p.  256,  7),  that  he  felt  that  be  was 

'  Manitius,  SBer.  Wiener  Akad.,  117  (1889)  XII,  26;  also  Khein.  Mus, 
1892,  Suplb.  p.  95. 

^Manitius,  in  the  SBer.  (117);  also  Bonnet,  Le  Latin  de  Gregoire  de 
Tours,  Paris,  1890,  p.  64  :  **  Ses  auteurs  favoris  parmi  les  Chretiens  sent 
Sulpice  Severe,  Prudence,  Sidoine  Apollinaire  et  Fortunat."     Cf.  also  p. 

Sof. 

3  Grober,  Grund.  f.  Rom.  Phil.,  I,  379. 

*  Lact.  V,  I,  9  :  Communi  ac  simplici  sermone,  ut  at  populum,  sunt 
locuti. 

^Augustine,  Ps.  138,  20:  melius  est  reprehendant  nos  grammatici  quam 
non  intelligant  populi.  (Referred  to  Hier.  in  Krebs  Antil.  P,  11.)  Cf.  also 
Ps.  36,  3,  6. 

*  Cf.  §§  145-148  :  Prudentius  as  an  Imitator. 

'  Ramsay,  Diet.  Biog.  and  Myth.  (Prudentius). 


M 


no  *'  rhetor,"  that  his  was  only  an  unpracticed  and  inartistic 
style,'  and  the  entire  expression  should  be  treated  as  a  confession 
prompted  by  feelings  of  humility  and  of  his  own  unworthiness. 
For  his  Latin  in  the  main  follows  his  models  closely  and  is  far 
superior  to  that  of  the  other  Christian  poets.  As  Boissier  says,'' 
these  public  confessions  are  not  to  be  interpreted  too  literally ;  it 
was  the  fashion  of  the  period  to  exaggerate  one's  shortcomings. 

The  object  of  the  present  work  is  twofold  :  first,  a  study  of  the 
syntactical  and  metrical  usage  of  Prudentius,  and,  to  a  certain 
extent,  of  his  style,  together  with  a  brief  introduction  on  the  Forms ; 
and  secondly,  a  comparison  of  the  latinity  of  that  author  with  the 
latinity  of  Juvencus,  an  author  of  the  same  country  and  of  the 
same  century ;  to  ascertain  wherein  they  are  alike  and  in  what 
they  differ,  and  to  determine  in  this  way  the  relation  of  Prudentius 
to  his  predecessor,  aiming  throughout  to  throw  some  hght  upon 
the  latinity  of  the  age.  In  order  to  facilitate  such  a  comparison, 
the  investigation  has  been  pursued  on  parallel  lines  to  those 
followed  by  Hatfield  in  his  study  of  Juvencus,  a  plan  based  for 
the  most  part  upon  Draeger's  "Syntax  und  Stil  des  Tacitus."^ 
Comparisons  are  also  made  at  different  points  with  the  usage  of 
Vergil,  more  particularly  in  §§iii,  112,  113,  118,  119,  141,  142, 
143;  and  with  the  usage  of  Horace  in  §§145,  146.  Parallel  pas- 
sages in  other  authors  have  also  been  added  by  way  of  illustra- 
tion, chiefly  through  the  assistance  of  the  valuable  indices  of  the 
volumes  in  the  Vienna  Corpus  Script.  Eccl.  Lat. 

The  work  is  based  entirely  upon  Dressel's  edition,^  which, 
though  the  result  of  a  careful  collation  of  some  of  the  most 
important  manuscripts  and  marking  a  decided  advance  in  many 
respects  over  its  predecessors,  still  has  one  conspicuous  defect. 
Dressel  has  catalogued  and  described  in  the  Prolegomena  to  his 
edition  the  manuscripts  he  used,  but  he  was  led  into  error  in  a 
number  of  cases  from  a  lack  of  knowledge  of  the  readings  of  the 
MS.  Puteanus.  This  has  been  collated  by  Faguet,*  p.  29  et  seq, 
A  number  of  minor  errors,  chiefly  typographical,  occur,  among 

*  Sittl,  Archiv  f .  d.  lat.  Lexicogr.  6,  560 ;  cf.  also  Weyman,  id.  p.  294  : 
*•  Prudentius  gehort  keineswegs  zur  infima  Latinitas.'* 

*  Boissier,  La  Fin  du  Pag.,  II,  106. 

^Aurelii  Prudentii  dementis  Carmina,  Dressel,  Leipzig,  i860.  A  new 
edition  of  Prudentius  by  Joh.  Huemer  is  promised  in  the  Corpus  Scrip- 
tor  um  Ecclesiasticorum  Lattnorum, 

*  Faguct,  De  Aurelii  Prudentii  dementis  Carminibus  Lyricis,  1883. 


which  may  be  noted :  silvae.  for  silvae,  C.  8,  36 ;  superatus  for 
superatis,  S.  i,  122 ;  p.  225,  foot-note  to  181 :  Ov  Fast.  II  957 
for  859 ;  promitit  for  promittit,  S.  2,  107 ;  ccpit  for  cepit,  S.  2, 
350 ;  sum  for  sucum.  S.  2,  219.  ande  for  ante,  A.  21S ;  Ps.  288. 
Index:  aegis,  8  II  for  S  II ;  sublime,  S.  V.  192  —  ? 


A  zz  Apotheosis. 
C  =Cathemerinon. 
D  ■=.  Dittochaeon. 
H  zr  Hamartigenia. 
P  zz  Peristephanon. 


Abbreviations. 

Psrz  Psychomachia. 

Si  zzl  Contra  Symmachum,  I. 

S2=     «  "  II. 

.pr  attached  =:  praefatio. 

Juv  =  Juvencus  (exc.  in  §152  c). 


I.— FORMS. 


§1.  In  Prudentius  and  other  writers  of  the  Fourth  Century,  the 
chief  deviations  from  the  classical  forms  are  in  the  line  of  vulgar- 
isms and  archaisms.  But  to  which  of  these  categories  a  form 
is  to  be  assigned  is  often  a  matter  of  very  great  difficulty.*  Schol- 
ars are  not  always  in  agreement,  take  e.  g.  the  form  quis  (C.  3, 27)  ; 
Wotke,'  Sittl,^  and  Weise*  regard  it  as  an  archaism,  while 
Riemann  ^  and  Wolfflin  ^  assign  it  to  the  sermo  familiaris ;  cf.  also 
§i9b.  Both  views  may  be  right,  as  the  vulgar  and  the  archaic 
often  are  identical.  In  Prudentius  there  is  less  of  the  colloquial 
than  in  other  writers  of  the  same  period,  though  the  popular  dic- 
tion from  the  second  century  on  was  beginning  to  be  used  more 
and  more  freely  even  by  the  best  writers,  and  to  be  found  also  in 
the  official  records.'  Archaisms  were  introduced  by  the  Christian 
poets  as  a  matter  of  course;  Vergil  had  made  use  of  them,'  and 
he  was  their  standard.  So  we  find  them  often,  one  might  almost 
say,  zealously  introduced. **  A  complete  list  of  either  the  archa- 
isms or  of  the  vulgarisms  would  not  be  within  the  scope  of  this 
work.  But  some  of  the  more  striking  and  some  used  already  by 
Juvencus  will  be  given  here,  together  with  other  peculiar  forms. 
A  list  neither  complete  nor  exact  is  given  by  Kantecki."  In 
Declension  the  following  may  be  noted :  aquai,  A.  702  (used 
by  Vergil,  Aen.  7,  464 ;  probably  from  him) ;  such  forms  occur 
about  25  times  in  Plautus,  cf.  Trin.  359  (Bx),  (Neue,  I,  11,  and 

»Cf.  Schulze,  De  Sym.  Voc.  Form.,  p.  115. 
«Wotke,  Wien.  Stud.  1886,  p.  130. 
*Sittl,  Jahresbericht,  1891,  p.  232. 

*  Weise,  Char.  d.  lat.  Spr.  1891,  p.  88. 

•  Riemann,  Etude  s.  Tite-Live,  p.  18. 
«  Wolfflin,  Phil.  34,  137. 

'  Teuffel,  R.  L.  §385,  3. 

8  The  archaisms  in  Vergil,  as  noted  by  Servius,  have  been  recently  treated 
by  Steele,  Am.  Journ.  Phil.  1894,  p.  164-94. 

8Cf.  also  Symmachus,  Ep.  3,  44:  '' apxalafibv  scribendi  non  invitus  ad- 
fccto";  also  Sittl,  Comment.  Woelff.  p.  408. 

JOKantecki,  De  Prudenti  Genere  Decendi,  1874. 


II ',  46  cites  only  i8  forms)  ;  in  Vergil  4  times,  Luc.  Mueller,  Re 
Metr.'  (1894),  p.  472.  animabus,  S.  i,  531 ;  P.  2,  289 ;  occurs  also 
in  Auson  App.  i,  36;  Hier.  Math.  4,  24,  19;  Ep.  98,  i ;  in  Pris- 
cillian,'  frequent  in  Claud.  Mam.  60,  10,  etc.;  also  in  Lat.  transl.  of 
the  Book  Sirach,  30,  7  and  the  Book  of  Wisdom,  14,  11.  pecua, 
P.  10,  333  ;  Apul.  Met.  2,  i ;  Min.  Fel.  36,  5,  et  al.  simplus,  P.  10, 
878.  The  archaic  due  Hi  occwrs  Ps.  21  (also  in  Juv.),  and  duello 
Ps.  575 ;  {duellum,  Commod.  2,  10,  i).  olli,  oUis,  (cf.  Quint.  8,  3, 
25)  occurs:  H.  139,  544,  730,  A.  305,  cf.  Arnob.  197,  19;  Cypr. 
Gall.  Ex.  197  ;  also  Inscript.  Hisp.  No.  6278,  25.  hisce,  S.  2,  880 : 
hasce,  P.  10,  496.  discolora  (fem.),  P.  10,302.  prosapia,  C.  11,  89; 
Pspr.  36;  P.  10,  112;  180;  (an  archaism;  cf.  Quint,  i,  6,  40) 
occurs  15  times  in  Lucifer  Cal.  and  not  infreq.  in  eccl.  writers.' 
deltas,  A.  13,  1008 ;  H.  96 ;  Goelzer '  does  not  cite  Prud.  as  using 
this  word,  and  Wolfflin '  omits  Prudentius  from  his  list  of  those 
using  this  word,  as  also  of  those  using  prosapia.     induperator,  S. 

1,  147;  appeared  in  Enn.  Ann.  5,  350;  also  in  Alcuin  and  Theo- 
dulf.'  siipis  (for  stips)  occurs  in  S.  2,  911,  though  MSS.  Widman- 
nianus  and  the  ed.  of  Weitz  read  stipes,  quis,  for  quibus,  appears 
12  times'  (12  also  in  Juv.);  used  by  Plautus  at  least  4  times 
(Lorenz,  Most.  1040,  says  only  once;  but  add  Cure.  552.  Trin.  1038 
and  Amph.  prol.  4.);  frequent  in  Cypr.  Gall,  isdem  occurs  in  C. 
12,  86;  S.  2,  603;  799;  805.  ossuum,  P.  2,  532;  5,  iii;  used 
before  by  Pacuvius  and  Accius,  according  to  Priscian,  Gram.  Lat. 

2,  254  and  750  (Keil);  also  by  Tert.  resur.  30,  31  and  32  ;  Ennod. 
p.  274,  4,  (H.);  CI.  Mamert.  p.  72, 9 ;  174,  24  (E);  Vulgate,  Ezech. 
24,5;  Leges  Burgundionum,  128,  12.  Vulgus  is  twice  used  as 
masc,  P.  6,  51,  and  S.  i,  580;  so  used  in  Juv.  4,  611 ;  Riemann 
says  this  belongs  to  the  sermo  familiaris  (Etude,  p.  18).  Pru- 
dentius follows  the  frequent  usage  of  poets  in  using  the  nom.  form 
for  the  voc;  cf.  P.  2,  530 ;  3,  86 ;  4,  89 ;  10, 373 ;  834 ;  A.  395,  etc.; 
cf.  also  Priscillianus,  95,  8;  Dee  occurs  in  H.  931,  elsewhere  Deus, 
cf.  C.  4,  81,  etc.     He  uses  the  form  Persephone  in  A.  475,  and 

» Schepss,  Archiv,  3,  314 ;  see  further  Neue,  I,  p.  29,  and  Georges  Lex. 
Lat.  Wortform. 

2  Taken  up  also  by  Gregory  of  Tours  ;  cf.  Bonnet,  p.  242,  24. 

3  Goelzer,  de  la  latinite  de  S.  Jerdme,  Par.  1884,  p.  102. 

4  Wolfflin,  Archiv,  5,  497  ;  also  7,  474,  and  Rhein.  Mus.  37,  95. 
Grober,  Archiv,  1,62. 

6  Neue,  Formenlehre  IP,  469  (1892),  does  not  cite  any  of  these  occur- 
rences. 


V 


Proserpina  in  13  lines  below,  cuius,  a,  um,  the  pron.  rel.  occurs 
in  Praef.  33 ;'  the  interrog.  is  frequent  in  Plant,  and  Ter.  (cf.  also 
Verg.  Eel.  3,  i ;  5,  87  ;  cuias  (-atis)  occurs  in  Ps.  708.  volupe,  P. 
9, 41 ;  the  occurrence  of  such  a  form  has  been  disputed.'  Though 
volup  may  be  the  correct  form  for  Plant,  and  Ter.,  volupe  I  regard 
to  be  above  dispute  here.  But  Delbruck'  remarks,  ''  whether 
the  older  form  volupe  is  to  be  read  in  Plautus  I  am  not  able  to 
decide,*'  and  Reifferscheid,  Arnob.  268,  19,  says,  "volupe  scrip- 
tum  fuisse  apparet,"  though  he  reads  volup.-*  Georges,  Lex.  d. 
lat.  Wortformen,  and  Manitius,  Rhein.  Mus.  45  (1890)  p.  491, 
regard  volupe  as  the  reading  of  this  passage.'  It  is  the  reading 
of  Obbarius,  Arevalo  and  Dressel.  For  mage  instead  of  magis, 
cf.  §128,  note  I.  inpuraUis,  P.  10,  191,  an  archaism  ;  Plant.  Rud. 
751 ;  cf.  also  Apul.  9,  10;  Min.  Fel.  23,  9. 

§2.     Conjugation.     These  forms  may  be  noted :  fuayit,  S.  i, 
504  (fuat,  CI.  Mar.  Vict.  Aleth.  i,  406);  adsies,  P.  2,  569 ;  cf.  siet 
in  Juv.  2,  40;  CI.  Mam.  203,  7 ;  cl'^o  (for  clueo),  a  rare  word,  ob- 
served only  in  Plautus,  Accius,  Seneca,  Mart.  Capella,  Ausonius, 
Symmachus,  Ennodius,  Ven.  Fortunatus,  and   Prudentius  who 
uses  it  4  times,  C.  9,  107 ;  Ps.  2  ;  S.  i,  417  '-  duis ;  S.  2,  585  :  cluat ; 
cluis  also  used  by  Cypr.  Gall.,  Ind.  237  ;  luiturus,  Ps.  535  (cf-  luis 
(nom.)  H.  249;  Ps.  508);   denseo,  C.  5.  53;    H.  409;    etc.,  an 
archaism,   potesse,  P.  10,  803 ;  cf.  Lucr.  i,  666  ;  potis  est,  S.  i,  331 ; 
potis  with  esse  occurs  11  times  (with  est .9  times,  with  es  2  times), 
and  always  with  negative  sentences  exc.  Spr.  i,  84 ;  not  used  with- 
out esse ;  Vergil  uses  it  3  times  and  only  in  negative  sentences 
(Wotke).     This  archaic  expression  occurs  frequently  in  Plautus, 
there  being  almost  600  with  an  omission  of  esse ;  Terence,  how- 
ever, employs  esse.*'    Cf.  potis  est,  Cypr.  Gall.  Numb.  291 ;  22 
times  in  Arnobius.     Prud.  uses  16  forms  in  -ier ;  of  these,  10  are 
in  the  hexameter  poems ;  8  are  in  the  4th  and  5th  ft.;  2  in  the  3d 
and  4th ;  only  2  out  of  the  16  forms  were  used  before,  dicier 
(Plant,  and  Pers.),  spargier  (Hon),  if  the  list  in  Neue,  II  \  409  is 
complete.    The  list  is  given  by  Manitius '  with  the  exception  of 

»Neue,  Form.  II 3,  p.  472,  does  not  cite  this  example. 

2  Cf.  Engelbrecht,  Stud.  Ter.  p.  31.  Buecheler,  Grund.  d.  lat.  Decl.*  p.  11. 

SDelbruck,  Vergl.  Synt.,  p.  603  (1893). 

*Cf.  also  Stolz,  Handb.  d.  Alterthumswiss.  IP,  §69;  Hist.  Gram.  (1894), 

§189. 
6  See  further  Lindsay,  The  Latin  Language,  1894,  p.  205. 

«  Engelbrecht,  Stud.  Ter.,  p.  29. 

•J  Rhein.  Mus.  1890,  p.  487. 


8 

negarier,  P.  7, 54 :  such  forms  according  to  Riemann  (Etude,  p.  9) 
belong  to  the  sermo  vulgaris.  Arnobius  uses  11  such  forms, 
(Neue,  II  \  409,  gives  but  6);  Sedulius  uses  3,  none  of  which  occur 
in  Prudentius;  luiltim  est,  Ps.  692;  S.  i,  337)  »«  archaism 
(according  to  Wotke,  Wien.  Stud.  1886,  130)  used  by  Verg.  A.  10, 
344 ;  Juv.  4,  757  ;  and  Gell.  10,  15,  17-  These  also  occur :  faxo, 
Ps.  249;  P.  10,  107;  also  in  Petronius,  Plautus  and  Terence; 
ausim,  S.  i,  646 ;  ausit,  H.  47 ;  P.  5»  4^4  ;  vagat,  for  vagatur,  C. 
6,  29 ;  used  by  Plautus,  Pacuvius,  Accius,  and  Ennius ;  also  by 
Commod.  instr.  i,  33,  i ;  perarmat,  used  only  by  Prud.  C.  6,  86 
and  7,  93  (Curtius,  4,  9.  6;  23;  only  in  the  form  perarmatus). 
§3.  Contracted  Verb-Forms  (cf.  Cic.  Or.  47,  157 ;  Quint,  i, 

6, 17-21)  occur:  (a)  Indicative:  creasti,  S.  i,  266;  effigiasti,  C.  10, 
4';  expiasti,  P.  13,  61  ;  norunt,  P.  5,  85;  optarunt,  S.  2,  549;  pia- 
runt,  S.  2,  678 ;  sacrarunt,  S.  2,  972 ;  sprerunt,  D.  123 ;  mandaram, 
S.  2,  261  ;  accumularat,  Ps.  183;  animarat,  Ps.  37;  audierat,  Ps. 
318;  firmarat,  S.  1,66;  fumarat,  Ps.  808 ;  levarat,  Ps.  578;  pa- 
rarat,  Ps.  874;  sedarat,  S.  i,  4;  spectarat,  S.  i,  207;  variarat,  Ps. 
856;  vastarat,  S.  2,  701 ;  consuerant,  S.  i,  537;  monstrarant,  S. 
I,  201.  (b)  Subjunctive :  armarit,  S.  i,  95;  crearit,  S.  2,  96; 
norit,  S.  i,  543;  P.  10,  887  ;  novarit,  S.  2,  311 ;  putarit,  S.  2,  163; 
raptarit,  S.  2,  55;  radiarint,  S.  1,485;  signarint,S.  1,596;  nosset, 
P.  9,  34;  S.  I,  21;  obiectasset,  Ps.  503.  (c)  Infinitive:  conse- 
crasse,  S.  i,  565 ;  conviolasse,  Ps.  398;  dampnasse,  S.  i,  93;  di- 
casse,  S.  2,  365 ;  habitasse,  S.  2,  299 ;  inlustrasse,  S.  i,  553 ;  inper- 
itasse,  S.  2,  421;  personasse,  Epil.  34;  pugnasse,  S.  2,  652; 
resignasse,  S.  1,92;  revocasse,  S.  i,  91 ;  sedasse,  Ps.  697;  ser- 
vasse,  S.  2,  366;  tractasse,  S.  2,  418.  Also:  dito  (divito),  S.  2, 
998 ;  reposto,  S.  2,  967. 

A  comparison  of  Prudentius  with  Juvencus  and  Vergil  in  their 
use  oiih&perf,  ind.  act  yrd pi  shows  that  while  Prudentius  is  in 
bulk  about  3  times  as  much  as  Juv.,  he  has  used  practically  the 
same  number  of  these  forms,  and  that  in  the  use  of  -ere  he  falls 
much  below  Vergil.  There  are  72  occurrences  in  all,  39  being  in 
-ere  to  33  in  -erunt,  which  gives  for  Prudentius,  taking  into  con- 
sideration only  the  hexameter  poems,  29  in  -ere  to  20  in  -erunt, 
or  60  per  cent,  of  the  former  to  40  per  cent,  of  the  latter.  Pru- 
dentius does  not  use  as  many  forms  in  -ere  as  Juv.  by  10  per  cent., 
and  falls  22  per  cent,  below  the  Vergilian  usage  in  the  Aeneid 
(Wotke,  Wien.  Stud.  8).  Claudianus  also  shows  a  strong  prefer- 
ence for  the  forms  in  -ere,  according  to  Birt,  Archiv,  4,  592. 


•i 


Prudentius  uses  30  forms  in  -erunt  not  in  Vergil,  20  in  his  hexa- 
meter poems  not  in  Vergil. 

Instead  of  -ris  in  2nd  pers.  sing.,  -re,  the  older  form,'  character- 
istic of  the  sermo  famiharis,  occurs  at  least  16  times.  Such  forms 
were  particularly  frequent  in  Plautus,  170  out  of  200  ending  in 
-re  (Engelbrecht,  Stud.  Ter.  App.  88),  while  in  Terence  all,  56, 
end  in  -re.  In  Prudentius  the  forms  balance  each  other,  18  in 
-ris,  18  in  -re ;  of  -re  forms,  12  are  in  ind.,  6  in  subj. ;  of  forms  in 
-ris,  13  are  in  ind.,  5  in  subj. 

II.— SYNTAX. 
A.    Simple  Seuteuces. 

I.    Declarative  Sentences. 

a)    The  Subject. 
§4.  The  Subject  expressed  in  the  First  and  Second 

Person.— The  pronouns  are  not  as  a  general  thing  expressed, 
unless  to  express  emphasis  or  to  give  definiteness. 

Emphasis :  nos  fatentes  loquemur,  C.  4,  100 ;  nos  vescimur,  C. 
5,  107  ;  ipse  ego  sum,  S.  2,  220;  tu  inlinis,  C.  9,  35  ;  vos  celebra- 
bitis,  S.  I,  53;  cf.  also  C.  9,  7;  10,  17  ;  P-  i,  64;  5,  34;  10,  20. 

Note.  The  emphatic  expression  tute  ipse  occurs  in  A.  674; 
P.  2,  261 ;  9,  69;  10,  957 ;  a  not  infrequent  expression  in  Plautus 
and  Terence.'  Other  expressions  may  be  noted  here,  se  ipsum, 
A.  251 ;  semet,  P.  2,  20  (Cypr.  Gall.  Ex.  649) ;  vosmet,  A.  1080; 
egomet,  H.  789;  suopte,'  S.  2,  474  (suapte,  Priscill.  54,  15);  sibi- 
met,  P.  12,  25 ;  S.  i,  200;  2,  359;  440.     Mihimet,  S.  2,  265. 

Antithesis  :  nos  novimus,  C.  2,  45 ;  nos  reddimus,  C.  4,  75 ; 
sed  nos  mersimus,  A.  217;  ille  vetuit,  tu  prohibeto,  S.  2,  1125; 
ast  ego  feram,  P.  3,  208;  tu  revehes,  P.  4,  53;  ego  nescio,  P.  10, 

1000. 

Less  emphatic  :  not  so  common,  nos  intelleximus,  A.  235 ;  nos 
volumus,  H.  559;  tu  extollis,  P.  2,  201 ;  cf.  also  P.  4, 193;  5,  25  ; 
10,  585. 

Note,  A  change  in  the  number  of  the  subject  seems  to  occur 
in :  nos  date  perluamus,  ut  absolvam,  P.  4,  195 ;  and  possibly  in : 
leiunamus,  ait,  recuso  potum,  P.  6,  54. 

'Cf.  Stolz,  Hist.  Gram.  d.  lat.  Spr.  I,  §366  (1894). 

«  Verg.  Eel.  3,  35 ;  for  further  examples  cf.  Georges,  Lex.  d.  lat.  Wort- 
form.,  and  Neue,  Formenlehre. 

»Cf.  Luc.  Mueller,  De  Re  Metr.«  (1894),  p.  485. 


« 


10 


II 


§4a.  Impersonal  Verbs:  vivitur,  C.  2,  33;  S.  2,  471,  610; 
itur,  C.  7,  108;  10,  92;  datur,  C.  3,  192;  creditur,  S.  2,504;  exi- 
gitur,  C.  3,  121 ;  ventum  erat,  Ps.  665 ;  ventum,  A.  207  ;  P.  2, 178 ; 
P  5  213;  perventum,  P.  10,  826 ;  eundum  est,P.  12,  26;  dicen- 
dum  Pr.  31 ;  luctandum,  S.  2,  149;  vigilandum,  Pspr.  52;  revo- 
landum,  H.  815 ;  sudatum  est,  Ps.  820 ;  iussum  est,  P.  6,  41. 

Note,  The  impersonal  verbs  relating  to  natural  occurrences  do 
not  seem  to  occur,  but  the  following  are  worthy  of  note:  arbor 
pluit,  C.  3,  79  ;  Dominus  pluit,  A.  316;  cf.  the  Greek  Her^2  i, 
IV  6  O.d,  '6et-  nubes  verna  pluit,  S.  2,  788;  "nber  pluit,  P.  10, 
1032.  This  use  of  ;^//^/V^  has  hitherto  been  observed  only  in 
Pliny  (N.  H.),  Statins  and  Arnobius,  according  to  Draeger,  Hist. 

Synt.*  §98.     Other  uses  : 

Roma  erubuit,  pudet,  odit,  S.  i,  512;  and  it  ille  nee  pudet 
sequi,  P.  2,  177;  (this  personal  use  oi  pudet  is  to  be  regarded  as 
an  archaism)  virtutem  nil  vile  decet,  S.  2,  752;  cf.  flexus  deceat 
miserationem.  Quint,  i,  n,  12.  A  number  of  instances  occur  in 
Horace.  Paenitens  occurs  in  Pspr.  49;  cf.  also  S.  i.  5^7:  ^^^ 
videt  paenitet,  cupit ;  cf.  paeniteo,  S."^  48,  16,  lat.  Sirach  (Archiv,  9 
ri8q4)  2S^.  Est:=z\\i  is  possible:  visere  est  non,  H.  82  ;  cernere 
erat,  A.  64,  cf.  Verg.  Aen.  6,  596  ;  8,  676.  For  other  occurrences 
cf.  Wolfflin,  Archiv,  2,  135;  Hauler,  3.  537  ;  Thielmann,  8,  260, 

556. 

b)  Predicate. 

a)  In  General. 
§S  Present  Participle  with  Copula :  this  periphrasis  occur- 
ring 'so  frequently  in  Lucifer  of  Cagliari,  Hartel  citing  about  75 
examples  of  its  use,  appears  but  once  in  Juvencus  (Hatfield),  and 
but  twice  in  Prudentius;  unum  erit  gigneus,  H.  43;  and  una  via 
est  errans,  S.  2,  896  (?).  Much  more  frequent,  however,  in  the 
Vulgate  N.  T. ;  here,  according  to  Milroy,'  it  occurs  138  times 

with  esse.  . 

Note:  habere  with  perf.  pass.  part,  occurs  in  S.  i,  211 ;  persu- 
asumque  habuit.  This  usage  was  employed  by  Caesar,  cf.  i,  9, 
3;  15,  i»ctc. 

1  Cf.  also  Aristoph.  Nub.  368  and  Kock's  note  (1894  ed.). 

«Koffmane,  Gesch.  d.  kirch.  Lat.,  p.  117,  on  pluit  in  the  sense  of  -per- 
mits  to  rain,"  cites  its  use  in  the  Vulgate,  in  Tert..  Arnob..  August.,  and 
others ;  see  also  Am.  Journ.  Phil.  XV  (1894),  p.  353-        * 

3  Milroy  :  The  Participle  in  the  Vulgate  New  Testament,  Baltimore,  1892. 


§6.  Omission  of  Verb. 

i)  Omission  of  forms  of  esse  is  very  common:  certa  fides,  H. 
922;  nosse  nefas,  C.  3,  116;  O  beatus  ortus  ille,  C.  9,  19;  nam 
verbum  Deus,  C.  11,  24;  summa  quies,  Ps.  609;  nihil  summum 
(est),  H.  22 ;  qui  solus  ac  verus  Deus,  P.  5,  39 ;  cf.  also  S.  i,  287, 
477,  656  ;  S.  2,  823  ;  H.  330 ;  P.  2,  429.     Cf.  also  §4a. 

Note:  esse  is  often  omitted  when  it  constitutes  part  of  the  in- 
finitive, as,  negandum,  C.  i,  52;  prolapsum,  C.  i,  58;  velandam, 
A.  628 ;  persuasum,  S.  i,  283 ;  relatos,  P.  i,  96 ;  reditura,  A.  1081 ; 
cremandos,  P.  6,  50,  etc. 

2)  Verb  of  saying:  Haec  ubi  legatus,  S.  2,  17;  martyr  ad  ista 
nihil,  P.  3,  126;  vix  haec  ille,  P.  11,  89;  ille  sub  haec,  P.  13,  92. 
Such  omissions  are  frequent  in  Juvencus  (H.),  though  not  occur- 
ing  often  in  Prudentius;  cf.  also  quid,  quod  Veritas  patet?  P.  10, 
231  ;  quid,  cum  accipit?  P.  10,  1076. 

/?)  Agreement. 

In  general  the  usual  constructions  are  found,  but  it  may  be 
noted  that  when  several  subjects  are  joined  asyndetically,  the  verb 
is  usually  in  the  plural,  as  e.  g.  Ps.  449,  464,  and  H.  358. 

§7.  Agreement  of  Number  (cf.  §4,  note). 

i)  Plural  with  Collectives :  pars  conscendunt  celeres,  C.  5,  55 ; 
(cf.-pars  tergent,  Aen.  7,  626).  Both  numbers  occur  in  P.  11, 189; 
omnis  adorat  pubis,  eunt,  redeunt.  The  verb  in  subordinate 
clause  is  plural  in  P.  10,  83 ;  inlitterata  credidit  frequentia  ut  se  con- 
secrandos  autumnent,  also  P.  10,  697.  The  singular  is  more 
frequent,  pars,  H.  817;  P.  9>  5^;  pubes,  C.  5,  69  (but  cf.  73); 
turba,  C.  5,  53;  7,  152;  P.  10,  80;  grex,  P.  10,  56:  plebs,  C.  5, 
68;  P.  5,391 ;  A.  330;  inventus,  P.  14,  29. 

2)  Predicate  Verb  in  Singular  after  several  subjects:  proter- 
vitas  et  luxus  foedavit,  Praef.  12;  nemus  et  vernat  coma,  C.  8, 
45 ;  virginitas  et  fides  bibit,  A.  583 ;  maiestas,  bonitas  et  pietas 
tua  continuat,  C.  5,  163. 

§8.  Agreement  of  Gender. 

i)  Masculine  for  Neuter.  Prudentius  always  uses  the  neuter 
with  milia,  as  e.  g.  C.  9,  59;  Juv.  uses  the  masc.  once,  i,  i7o(H.). 

2)  Masculine  after  Persons  of  different  sexes :  locus  et  Petu- 
lantia  primi,  Ps.  433 ;  this  seems  to  be  nearest  approach  to  such  a 
usage,  and  probably  the  only  example. 


H 


12 

y)  Tenses. 

§9.  The  Historical  Present  is  very  common  and,  as  in  Ju- 
vencus,  occurs  more  frequently  than  the  past  tenses  in  narration. 

§10   Interchange  of  Tenses. 

i)  Per/.  Infin,  for  Pres. :  abesto  procul  ne  libeat  tetigisse 
quid,  C.  3,  177  ;  quis  dixisse  ausit,  H.  45  (cf.  Ov.  Tr.  i,  5,  4) ;  ff. 
Commod.  15,  11,  amasse  debuerat ;  Ennodius,  234,  5,  debuit  sus- 
cepisse ;  365,  5,  potuit  intuhsse.* 

2)  Fut.  Imperative  for  Pres. :  O  Nazarene,  adesto,  C.  7,  3 ;  ct. 
Adesto  et  percipe,  P.  5,  545 ;  ^^so  S.  i,  pr.  84 ;  S.  2,  1123.' 

3)  A  mixture  of  tenses  sometimes  occurs,  as  of  the  historical 
present  and  perfect  in :  Roma  erubuit,  pudet,  odit,  S.  i,  512 ;  ille 
agit  et  canit.  Flevit  Africa,  P.  13,  96  ;  dat  poculum,  fixum  .... 
deinde  monuit,  C.  6,  61 ;  cf.  Claud.  Mar.  Vict.  3,  264. 

Note,  The  pres.  infin.  for  the  future,  frequent  in  Commodianus, 
does  not  seem  to  occur ;  but  cf.  Eugippius,  25,  2 ;  promittentes  se 
obviare ;  Ennod.  50,  16,  remittere  promisi. 

§11.  Present  Subjunctive  after  a  past  tense:  but  few 
cases  occur,  perhaps  only:  stulta  delegit  Deus  ut  concidant 
sophistica,  Apr.  (2)  30.  but  with  regular  sequence  in  the  loll, 
clause  ;  (cf.  Paul  Ep.  ad  Cor.  i.  i,  27,  i^^maTo,  and  elegit  of  Vul- 
gate, foil,  by  pres.  both  times,  but  by  imp.  in  verse  28),  percurrit 
arundo  quadrent  ut,  Ps.  827 ;  corpusque  parens  fecit  ut  possit, 
S.  2,  259;  iussit  ne  quis  adoret,  Commod.  i,  8,  7. 

§12.  Tenere  with  almost  the  force  of  an  auxiliary  verb  occurs 
3  times  in  Juvencus  according  to  Hatfield ;  I  have  found  but  two 
cases  in  Prudentius  that  are  at  all  similar :  quem  gaza  dives  ac 
triumphus  impeditum  tenebant,  Pspr.  25,  and  quo  corda  hominum 
coniuncta  teneret  amor,  S.  2,  590,  cf.  the  Spanish,  tener\  this  usage 
occurs  also  in  Cicero.' 

§13.  Gnomic  Perfect.  A  few  cases  occur:  Felix  qui  meruit 
visere  principem,  C.  5,  33;  voluit  Pater  ipse  coniectare,  H.  82; 
Felix  qui  potuit  uti,  H.  330;  felices  animae  quibus  contigit,  P.  6, 
98.    The  present  also  occurs,  though  neither  frequently. 

» See   further,  Howard,  The   Perfect    Infinitive  with  the   Force  of  the 
Present,  Harv.  Stud,  i,  p.  122  (1890). 
•Forms  in  -to  are  frequent  in  Plant.,  Riemann,  Rev.  d.  Phil.  10  (i»80), 

p.  161. 

^Thielmann,  Archiv,  2,  403. 


\ 


I 


13 

^)  Moods. 

1.  Subjunctive, 

§14.  Optative,  generally  without  utinam  ;  once  with  utinam : 
O  utinam  corporis  emicem  liber,  Praef.  44. 

§15.  Potential. 

a)  Auae  tuba  aequiperare  queat  ?  C.  3, 85 ;  in  rhetorical  questions 
frequently:  C.  5,  30  ;  8,  50;  Apr.  (2)  17,  631,  672,  850,  939;  H. 
230;  S.  I,  79,267,271 ;  2,  loi;  P.  1, 112, etc.;  in  direct  statements: 
ausim,  H.  80;  S.  i,  646;  deponas  velim,  S.  i,  499;  2,  270;  P.  2, 
169;  II,  234;  discas,  A.  834;  putares,  P.  6,  109. 

(With  an  indefinite  subject  in  2nd  person :  videas,  C.  5,  79 ; 
audias,  P.  i,  103;  credas,  P.  4,  73;  C.  5,  145;  and  videres,  P.  2, 
281  ;  cerneres,  C.  9,  100 ;  P.  5,  334.) 

b)  Aoristic  perf.^pres.  is  rare  :  crediderim  aliquem  se  dixisse 
deum,  S.  i,  176. 

§16.  Jussive.  Frequent,  as,  agnoscat  Judaea  legens,  A.  384; 
frenentur  ergo  cupidines,  C.  7,  21;  nemo  accuset,  H.  524;  te 
volvant,  Ps.  94,  cf.  also  S.  2,  289 ;  P.  10,  116;  Pr.  38,  etc. 

2.  Imperative. 

§  17.  The  Future  is  used  for  the  Imperative  in :  ignibus 
vorabere  et  fies,  P.  10,  815.  This  occurs  much  more  frequently 
in  Juvencus.  Cf.  also,  vade  et  dices,  Vict.  Vit.  42,  24.  Used  already 
by  Horace,  cf.  S.  i,  i,  16;  105. 

§18.  Imperative  correlated  with  Jussive  Subj.:  terge  neve 
tingat,  C.  8,  25;  psallat,  psallite,  C.  9,  22;  occidat  scrutare,  C.  12, 
loi ;  elige  rem  vitae,  tua  virtus  provehat,  H.  705 ;  ebibe  cruorem, 
sint  haec  tibi,  Ps.  428 ;  abscide  caput,  crux  istum  tollat,  P.  11,  65 ; 

cf.  also  P.  I,  119;  4'  150;  9)  37»  etc. 

§19.  Other  uses,  a)  particularly  oiage.fac,  etc.:  age  explice- 
mus,  P.  10,  168;  die  age,  H.  108;  (Hor.  O.  1,32,4;  2,  11,  22)  fare 
age,  A.  129  (cf.  Aep.  6,  389);  age,  adure,  seca,  divide,  P.  3,  91  ; 
cf.  surge  age,  Aen.  10,  241 ;  fac  figura  signet,  C.6, 132,  a  colloqui- 
alism, cf.  fac  memineris,  Claud.  Mam.  205,  19;  but  fac  ut,  P.  10, 
4;  518;  655;  etc.  The  old  imperative  form  ^:<f^^  occurs ;  ipsa 
mater  adsit  cedo,  P.  10,  686 ;  and  in  Hoc  iam  cedo,  P.  7,  83. 
Cf.  §93- 

b)  Imperative  in  Prohibitions :  two  instances :  ne  tolhto, 

Ps.  613;  ne  trepidate,  Ps.  624;  this  is  a  vulgarism,  Riemann,  Et. 
p.  259  (Servius  ad  Aen.  6,  544  considers  such  usages  archaic). 


a  Ter.  Phorm.  803;  Hon  C.  1,28,  23.  Elsewhere  is  used  :  nolite 
quaerere,  P.  10,  19;  cf.  Priap.  44,  i ;  cave  velis,  P.  10,  I36^(cf.  Hor. 
S.  2,  3,  38 ;  2,  5,  75 ;  Petron.  S.  §58)  but  cave  fingere,  S.  i,  497  ; 
cf.  cave  deprimere,  Commod.  2,  22,  8 ;  vita  orare,  P.  10,  423. 
The  above  are  the  only  prohibitive  phrases  in  Prudentius,  ne  with 
pres.  or  perf.  subj.  not  occurring. 

3.  Infinitive. 
§20.  Historical  Infinitive.  Herejuvencus  has  but  2  examples 
and  each  begins  with  ecce;  I  have  noticed  6  sentences,  13  verbs,  in 
Prud  •  Perfidus  ille  caput  curvare,  lambere,  advolvi,  incerare,  A. 
455  ;  spernere  sucina,  flare  rosas,  P.  3,  21 ;  Trepidare  carnifex,  P. 
10,  861;  lorea  stridere,  virgarum  concrepitare  fragor,  P.  11,56; 
uncrula  altos  pandere  secessus  et  lacerare  iecur,  P.  11,  58;  ipse 
modesta  loqui,  spem  quaerere,  P.  13,  31-  This  construction  occurs 
7  times  in  Paulinus  Petricordiae,  and  3  times  in  CI.  Mar.  Victor  in 
the  Alethia ;  according  to  Trump^  it  occurs  frequently  in  Claudi- 

anus.  XT  -^ 

§21.  Infinitive  as  Substantive:  Nasci  suum,  H.  173;  la 
ipsum  gignere,  A.  260;  cf.  hoc  ipsum  venire,  Faust.  Rei.  47,  19; 
hoc  esse,  CI.  Mar.  Vict,  i ,  45  ;  simplex  ut  esset  credere,  Apr.  32  (. ); 
sit  difficilis  via  noscere,  A.  264 ;  gloria  est  calcare  et  sistere,  P.  7,  59  J 
genus  mortis  donare,  P.  i,  27,  and  cf.  Ps.  159;  cedo  hoc  pro  te 
mori,  P.  7,  85 ;  Christum  hausi  credere,  P.  10,  685  ;  habet  munus 
divinitas  reddere,  P.  10,  953)  hoc  sequimur,  adpellare  Patrem,  A. 
240;  cf.  also  S.  I.  22;  311 ;  P-  5>  386,  and  P.  10,  59-  Cf.  spes, 
suberat  gaudera,  CI.  Mar.  Vict.,  Aleth.  2,  206. 

Note,     For  the  infinitive  after  necesse  est,  etc.,  see  §98 ;  after 

adjs.,  §60  note. 

§22.  The  Infinitive  in  exclamations  does  not  occur  in 
Juvencus  according  to  Hatfield,  but  it  occurs  in  Prudentius  as 
follows :  ingenuas  naturae  occumbere  leges,  ceptivas  trahi  dotes . 
H.  304 ;  Tene  potuisse  recalescere !  Ps.  58  ;  vos  non  potesse  dis- 
sipare !  P.  10,  803 ;  cf.  also.  Quid  verbum  posse  videri  ?  A.  44- 

e)  Voice. 
§23.  Personal  Passive  from  Intransitives.    But  two  cases 
have  been  cited  in  Juv.,  and  no  clear  cases  have  been  found  in 
Prudentius.  ^ 

i"Plautus  and  Terence  present  33  instances  of  cave  with  perfect,  18  with 
the  present."     Elmer,  Am.  Journ.  Phil.  XV  (1894),  p.  142. 
«F.  Trump,  Observ.  ad  Genus  Dicendi  Claudiani,  p.  37. 


15 

§24.  Active  for  Passive.    Here,  as  above,  but  two  have  been 
cited  in  Juvencus,  and  none  found  in  Prudentius. 

§25.  Juror  as  Deponent  Verb.    A  possible  case  occurs  in 

S.  2,  697:  Geticus  iuratus  has  arces  aequare,  though  Dressel's 
punctuation  is  against  it.  It  occurred  in  Plant.  Amph.  437  ;  As. 
23 ;  also  in  Juvencus,  3,  60. 

§26.  Deponent  Participle  with  Middle  Signification. 
ConversMS  seems  to  be  the  only  verb  thus  used,  and  thus  used 
but  twice:  nee  sol  potis  est  conversus  iter  revocare,  S.  i,  333; 
also  P.  2,  183;  Hieronymus  on  the  other  hand  very  frequently 
employs  deponent  participles  in  a  passive  sense  (Goelzer,  St.  Jer. 
p.  351).  Versus  seems  to  be  used  thus  in  D.  96.  Note :  accingere 
with  middle  signification  occurs  in  P.  10,  421 ;  a  not  infrequent 

usage  of  Comedy.* 

c)  Attribute. 

§27.  Substantive  as  Attribute.  Frequent:  sermo  Christe 
et  Spiritus,  C.  6,  3 ;  Christe  regimen,  C.  8,  i ;  puer  redemptor  pro- 
tulit,  C.  9,  21;  Moyses  receptor,  C.  12,  144;  quem  sacerdotem 
adsumpsit,  C.  12,  154;  Christus  ultor,  A.  409;  draco  victor, 
Ditt.  4;  domini  Christi,  H.  621  ;  fratrum  ducum,  S.  2,  17;  fama 
proditrix,  P.  i,  11 ;  cygnus  stuprator,  P.  10,  221 ;  ab  urbe  Roma, 
P.  10,  408 ;  cf.  also  C.  12,  43 ;  A.  609,  893 ;  H.  577,  622 ;  Pspr.  2, 
345,  805;  P.  2,  30,  i8o,  465;  4,  18,  37  ;  10,  615,  635,  835;  etc. 
Not  infrequently  joined  asyndetically :  quisque  gerat,  miles, 
togatus  navita,  opifex,  arator,  institor,  C.  2,  38;  cf.  also  C.  12, 
197;  H.  395;  P.  6,  148;  10,  970;  14,  106. 

§28.  Attributive  use  of  Adverb.  It  is  believed  that  no 
cases  of  this  occur  in  Prudentius ;  such  a  usage  occurs  8  times  in 
Lucifer  Cal.,  cf.  also  Paul.  Pell.  24  and  576 ;  also  Cyprian,  De 

Zelo,  18. 

d)  Apposition. 

§29.  Paratactic  Apposition.  A  case  similar  to  that  found 
in  Juvencus  of  pocula  vinum,  4,  658,  is  believed  not  to  occur  in 

Prudentius. 

§30.  Apposition  to  Sentence:  quocunque  modo  sit  factus, 
id  unus  scit,  A.  893 ;  populare  quiddam  credidit  frequentia  ut 
autumnent,  P.  10,  82. 

§31.  Apposition  to  Pronoun  unexpressed:  victor  ad- 
scendit,  C.  9,  104 ;  rex  serenus  aspice,  C.  7,  4 ;  martyr  cerno, 
P.  1 1,  34 ;  ut  comes  sequatur,  P.  13,  48 ;  si  martyr  insilias,  Ps.  775. 

I  Holtze,  Syntaxis  pris.  script,  lat.  2,  p.  20. 


I 


i6 


e)  Cases. 
I.  Nominative. 

§32,  Nominative  with  proh  in  Exclamations :  Pro  Jupiter, 
p.  10,  396 ;  cf.  Ter.  Andr.  732,  etc. ;  proh  pudor,  Ps.  353  i  P-  5.  1 29  ; 
in  Oros.  337,  14;  pro  caeca  libido,  H.  628  ;  pro  dolor,  H.  304; 
cf.  pro  dolor  in  Claud,  in  Ruf.  i,  55 ;  2,  214 ;  in  Sedul.  2,  9 ;  in 
Paul.  Petr.  3,  377  ;  in  Oros.  223,  19 ;  pro  labor,  Claud.  Bell.  Gild. 

I,  94.     Cf.  also  §40. 

2.  Accusative. 

§33.  After  Verbs  of  Motion:  domum  vexit,  S.  2, 351 ;  domum 
referre,  P.  6,  133;  domum  reverter,  P.  9,  106;  12,  65;  all  m 
conformity  with  the  classical  usage. 

But  it  may  be  noticed  that  Hier.  frequendy  uses  ad  with  names 
of  towns  :  in  patriam'  scandere  occurs  in  C.  5,  112  ;  remeasse  ad 
superos,  C.  3,  200.  Usque  is  used  in,  usque  pervenitis  rivulum, 
P.  10,  160.  (penetrare  chaos,  S.  2,  903;  penetrare  gremium,  S.  i, 
78 ;  10  occurrences  of  penetrare  with  ace.  have  been  noticed ; 
Juvencus  used  the  same  construction  8  times  (Marold.  p.  115). 
Like  Juv.,  Prud.  also  uses  in  and  per  with  this  verb,  as  in  H.  319, 

Ps.  677). 
§34.  Transitive  Accusative. 

i)  After  Verbs  compounded  with  prepositions :  aram  adit,  Ps. 
844;  tribunal  adit,  P.  3.  64;  recessus  circumibat  tortiles,  C.  7, 
124;  increpat  vitium,  Ps.  284;  cf.  C.  7.  132;  9»  37;  A.  657; 
incidit  occurs  with  in,  Ps.  533  (decidet  in,  Juv.  3,  158;  though  he 
also  uses  simple  ace.  with  incido  in  2,  2,  and  589) ;  caelum  per- 
currere,  A.  806;  cf.  P.  12,  21;  praecucurrit  filium,  C.  7,  47; 
praestare  (to  show,  to  furnish)  with  ace,  A.  81;  H.  49;  667; 
C.  9,50;  P.  2,32;  3,55;-5,5i6,  527;  10,124;  11,75;  palatum 
praeterit,  C.  7,  120;  sensum  doloris  mors  praevenit,  P.  14,90; 
cf.  P.  ID,  71 ;  OS  omne  transit,  C.  7,  120;  incruentam  transvolans 
linguam,  C.  7,  117  ;  invadit  (eam)  trepidam,  Ps.  5^9  ;  incurrit  id, 
Apr.  (2)  38;  also  with  in,  S.  2,  1029;  (pectori  insedit  suo,  P.  10, 
461);  locum  invenit,  C.  12,  113;  membrum  invenerit,  C.  2,  90; 
(succedit  illis,  P.  10,  1103.  but  ace.  in  Livy,  22,  28,  12);  incubare. 

2)  Other  Verbs:    mentita  sociam   figuram,   Ps.   684;    lupus 
lacteolam  mentitus  ovem,  Ps.  792 ;  sudavit  proelium,  C.  2,  76. 

1  This  may  be  added  to  the  passage  in  Val.   Max.  cited  by  Wolfflin, 
Archiv,  7  (1892),  p.  582. 


17 


§35.  Duration  of  Time,  with  a  preposition :  quos  per  omne 
tempus  iunxerat,  P.  i,  53  ;  meruit  ter  quinque  per  annos  proferre 
diem,  Ditt.  93.  Without  a  preposition:  none.  For  the  abl.  to 
express  duration  of  time  cf.  §71,  note;  the  ablative  seems  to  be 
his  favorite  case,  rather  than  the  ace. 

§36.  Cognate  Accusative :  (This  has  been  regarded  as  an 
archaism,  cf.  Kuhnast,  Liv.  Synt.  p.  141 ;  it  occurs,  however, 
frequently  in  the  letters  of  Cicero  and  in  Comedy.)  vivere  iustitiam, 
P'  13.32;  quod  sumus  et  quod  vivimus,  S.  2,  121;  nee  doleas 
quia  turpe  tibi  gemuisse  dolorem,  Ps.  120 ;  quae  vivendo,  S.  2,  660. 

§37.  Accusative  of  Specification.     21  occurrences: 

a)  19  refer  to  some  part  of  the  body,  as:  nuda  humeros,  Ps. 
23;  defixa  oculos,  Ps.  112;  tempora  redimitus,  H.  498  (cf.  Aen. 
3,  81);  distenta  uterum,  H.  585. 

b)  The  two  referring  to  the  mind  are,  mentem  purgata,  S.  2, 
323;  animum  recisum  castrata,  H.  957.  The  remaining  occur- 
rences of  the  former  (a)  are:  Ps.  312  ;  S.  i,  235,  492;  two  more 
ip  Ps.  23  ;  H.  965  ;  C.  3,  30  ;  C.  8,  38  ;  P.  4,  13,  55  ;  10,  353  ;  14, 
41;  also  vincitur  manus,  P.  9,  43;  tundatur  terga,  P.  10,  116. 
Here  may  be  noticed,  faces  succincta,  Ps.  42.  (With  this  par- 
ticiple, only  by  Ovid,  says  Draeger,  Hist.  Synt.'   §166,  B.) 

§38.  The  Accusative  after  the  passive  of  a  verb  of 
clothing,  very  rare :  papillas  vestita,  S.  2,  38 ;  (exutus  occurs 
with  abL  in  A.  428). 

§39.  Two  Accusatives,  very  rare ;  with  infin.  as  second  ace: 
docuit  colonos  servire,  S.  i,  85. 

§40.  Accusative  0/  Exclamation.  8  cases:  O  linguam, 
S.  I,  632 ;  O  miraclum,  C.  9,  85  ;  O  tenerum  animum,  S.  2,  1096; 
O  novum  saporem,  P.  13,  11;  en  Christum,  A.  503;  en  docu- 
mentum,  H.  769 ;  en  nummos,  P.  2,  293 ;  ecce  duas  dotes,  P.  12, 
55  ;  ecce  also  with  the  dat.  cf.  §56,  c. 

3.  Genitive. 

§41.  Appositional  Genitive.  Prudentius  shows  a  marked 
fondness  for  this  use  of  the  genitive.  Hatfield  points  out  a  similar 
characteristic  in  Juvencus.  The  following  may  be  noted :  mole 
praedarum,  Pspr.  27;  trinitas  angelorum,  Pspr.  45;  frusta  auri, 
Ps.  588;  pluviam  auri,  S.  i,  68;  vis  animi,  S.  2,  25;  generisque 
propagine,  S.  2,  224;  Almonis  rivulum,  P.  10,  160;  res  naturae, 
S.  2,  803 ;  vitium  sceleris,  H.  642,  etc.  With  a  word  denoting 
place,  urbibus  Sodomae  et  Gomorrhae,  Pspr.  17  ;  littoris  acta,  S. 
I,  136 ;  regione  plagae,  S.  2,  613. 


i8 

After  nomen:  nomen  Christi,  S.  i,  494;  A.  403;  P-  5.  9i ; 
Triviae  nomine,  S.  i,  371 ;  nomen  Israel,  C.  12,  95;  (or  ace?  cf. 
160,  and  Israelis,  P.  i,  40);  nomen  Patris  suprem.,  P.  13,  54  ;  A. 
240 ;  Marty ris  nomen,  P.  11.  8 ;  but  cf.  loco  Lat.um  dabo  nomen, 

Note     For  constructions  after  nomen  est,  etc.,  cf.  §55. 

542   Objective  Genitive,  common:  cupido  rerum,  C.  6,  120; 

laudis  amorem,   Ps.   279;  deditionis  amoren.,   Ps.   340;  amore 

deorum,  S.  2,  1068;  sitis  sanguinis.  H.  396;  cf.  also  Ps.  233,  445. 

607 ;  S.  I,  99,  341.  406.  618 ;  H.  554,  621 ;  dilectio  nostn,  A.  1027. 

§4V  Genitive  after  Verbal  Nouns  in  -tor  and  -tnx.    A 

number  of  cases  occur:  dator  vitae,  Ps.  624;  diss.pator  triumph., 

Pspr.34;  auctoremsui,Pspr.42;  moderator  orb.s,S.  1,9;  arator 

rurl,  t  2,  937  ;  also  S.  x.  625 ;  S.  2,  435=  H.  566   64X ;  m  -tr^x : 

ostentatrix  splendoris,  Ps.  439:  victr.x  orb.s,  Ps.  480,  also  Ps. 

■587,630,  668, 681,  etc.  _  . 

§44:  Genitive  of  Quality,  not  frequent :  vir  severae  mdus- 
triae  C.7  67;  senem  perversi  dogmatis  olim,  P.  11,23;  corporis 
form'am  caduci,  C.  9, 16 ;  insignis  auri  lammina,  P.  10,  1084 ;  nostr, 
(pi.)  decoris  integri,  P.  2,  226;  decern  saxorum  pagina.  D.tt.  38, 
aliquem  generosae  stirpis,  S.  i,  170;  alter  externi  generis,  H.  49; 
amictum  pietatis,  S.  i,  546;  stirpem  gentis  patriciae,  S.  i,  560. 
Expression  oiname:  Olybriaci  nominis  haeres,  S.  i,  554- 

This  gen.  is  very  frequent  in  Hier.  and  used  with  adjs.  (Goelzer, 
Hier.  p.  318). 

§45.  Partitive  Genitive.  . 

i]Wtih  numerals:  milia  pugnarum,  ?s.  168;  m.ha  v.rorum, 
Ps.  481 ;  also  S.  i,  516;  S.  2,  448;  H.  95.  4^3;  C.  n,  29;  P-  2, 
76;  Ditt.  146;  una  gentis,  Ps.  502  (cf.  Livy,  21,  63,  3) :  but  ct. 
de  grege,  A.  291 ;  P.  10,  662  (cf.  Hor.  O.  3.  n,  33;  Caes.  B  G. 
I,  32,  2;  St.  Aug.  266,  §4);  with  ex:  P.  10,  767 ;  also  Petron. 
857.    Solus  e  cunctis,  C.  7,  i".  (nuHns  ex  famulis,  P.  11,  61). 

2)  mth  neuter  pronouns :  quodcunque  temporis,  C.  i,  7», 
quidquid  gentium,  C.  12,  201  ;  quocunque  loci.  A.  118;  quid- 
quatn  mentis,  C.  n,  95 ;  quodque  laudis,  S.  2,  1123;   cf.  also  S. 

I.  3;   2,366;   H.  582;   P.  2,  65;  431;   513-  ,.        f  K         ^ 

3)  With  substantivized  neuter  adjectives,  (for  a  list  cf.  §120). 
a)    In  the  singular  is  rare:  tantum  peccati,  H.  153;  auxilii,  H. 

467  ;*  medelae,  S.  i,  526;  C.  7.  192.  arcanum  rerum,  S.  2,  75; 
summo  pontis,  P.  7,  21.  This  is  an  essentially  poetical  con- 
struction. 


* 

\ 


19 

b)  In  ihepluralxs  more  common:  infima  terrae,  H.  517;  pec- 
toris abdita,  H.  537;  summa  fluctuum,  C.  9,  49;  frivola  famae, 
Ps.  231 ;  per  extima  calcis,  Ps.  653;  super  ardua  caeli,  S.  i,  148; 
in  ardua  famae,  S.  i,  281;  sancta  sanctorum,  Ps.  815;  suavia 
fluxae  conditionis,  S.  2,  150;  also  Praef.  40;  C.  2,  2;  cf.  contigua 
terrae,  CI.  Mam.  144,  17. 

Note.  The  abl.  with  de  occurs  in:  nil  de  pestiferis  opibus,  H. 
549;  with  ex:  nihil  ex  septem  septenis,  A.  992. 

4)  With  substantivized  adjectives  used  personally  :  nulla  lin- 
guarum,  C.  9,  24  ;  nulla  avium,  Ps.  617;  maxima  furiarum,  Ps.  96  ; 
(primus  e  septem  viris,  P.  2,  37 ;  cf.  Act.  Apost.  6,  3). 

5)  After  pronouns  used  personally  :  quis  sapientum,  S.  2,  403; 
quisque  hominum,  A.  22;  quis  perfidorum,  P.  5,  413;  ecquis 
virorum,  P.  5,  449;  quidam  militum,  P.  5,  465;  but  with  de  in 
H.  167,  and  P.  6,  52  (ex  in  Gell.  12,  6,  11);  aliquem  de  gente, 
H.  946. 

§46.  Predicate  Genitive  with  esse:  Sapientiae  est,  S.  i,  pr. 

46  ;  omnipotentiae  est,  S.  2,  pr.  46 ;  difficilis  operis  fuit,  S.  2,  527  ; 
hominis,  Dei  est,  H.  665 ;  (esse)  operis  tui,  S.  i,  pr.  82;  also  Apr. 

(0  7;  559. 

§47.  Genitive  with  Adjectives  of  Relation.  Thefollowmg 
are  considered  worthy  of  note :  liber,  C.  i,  47  :  P.  10,  657  ;  but  abl. 
cf.  §70,  note  2 ;  egenus,  Ps.819;  S.  1,81;  377;  C.  10,  82  ;  A.  423; 
inposmentis,C.  9,  53;  Ps.  585;  cf.  Lact.  deira  Dei,  21,  3;  vernula- 
rum  divites,  Pspr.  56;  but  abl.  in  P.  2,  108  (Horace  uses  abl.); 
vacuus  cruoris,  P.  4,  86.  Hitherto  observed  only  in  Sail.,  Hor.,  Ov., 
and  Tac.  (Draeger,  Hist.  Synt.'  §206),  but  cf.  also  Claud.  Mam. 
Grat.  act.  ad  Jul.  14;  plena  angelorum,  P.  4,  5;  plenum  virtutis, 
Ps.  769;  but  plenus  Deo,  Pspr.  26;  invidus  unitatis,  Hpr.  48;  but 
dat.  in  Hor.  Ep.  i,  15,  7;  laris  exul  aviti,  S.  2,  735  (poetical  and 
p.  A.) ;  crucis  peritus,  P.  5,  254 ;  securus  tui,  P.  5,  286 ;  expertem 
prolis,  Pspr.  65;  S.  i,  86;  C.  11,  15;  P.  2,  228;  5,  246;  avidus 
vini,  S.  I,  126;  fontem  chrismatis  feracem,  P.  12,  34;  Christi 
capaces,  P.  2,  376;  virtutum,  P.  10,743;  (Draeger  cites  only 
Livy,  Veil,  and  Plin. ;  he  does  not  cite  incapax  at  all :  cf.  scio 
incapacem  te  sacramenti,  P.  10,  588);  exors  dolorum  tristium,  P. 
5,  160,  A.  898;  Ps.  115;  potens  occurs  with  ad  oppugnanda 
ludibria,  Ps.  17  (poet,  and  p.  A.).  Onplenus,  etc.,  cf.  also  §68,  note ; 
on  similis,  cf  §60. 

§48.  Genitive  of  Charge  or  Penalty :  crimine  pietatis,  H. 

597;  reus  capitalis  criminis,  S.  2,  805;  reus  furti,  Ditt.  27;  (so 


20 


21 


reus  voti,  Aen.  5,  237)  rea  criminis,  H.  713;  paenam  capitis,  P. 

§49.  Genitive  of  Price  or  Value:'  est  tanti,  H.  652;  parvi 

pendo,  P.  10,  478 ;  magni  putas,  P.  2,  202 ;  magni  refert,  P.  10, 
119;  flocci  fecero,  P.  10,  140;  (note:  Harper's  Lat.  Diet,  marks 
this  use  of  flocci  ante-class.).     Cf.  also  §63. 

§50.  Genitive  Dependent  on  Genitive  is  very  rare.  Orphae 
fanorum  ritus,  H.  782 ;  cuius  omnipotentiae  est,  Spr.  2,  26 ;  san- 
guinis pretium  Christi,  Ditt.  155. 

§51.  Genitive  after  Verbs  of  Remembering  or  Forget- 
ting: meminisse  pudoris,  S.  i,  163;  patriae,  H.  460;  memento 
matris,  P.  10,835;  oblitalactis,  P.  10,  738  ;  Pr.  24;  C.  1,36;  7,57; 
A.  501 ;  H.  376.     Ace.  not  used  after  these  verbs. 

§52.  For  the  Genitive  with  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want 
see  §68. 

a)  Other  Genitives, 

i)  Genitive  with  Comparatives,  This  occurs  independently  of 
translations  in  unusually  large  numbers  in  African  latinity.'^  It 
occurs  in  Symmachus,  Ep.  11,  52,  and  Isid.  Or.  17,  7,  52.  There 
are  a  few  phrases  in  Prudentius  which  may  be  noticed  under  this 
heading:  (i)  Magnarum  urbium  maior,  C.  12,  77;  (2)  fortissi- 
morum  fortior,  P.  5,  294 ;  (3)  quod  malorum  est  taetrius  omnium, 
P.  14,  no;  (4)  magnus  qui  discipulorum,  Ps.  530.  Of  these  (3) 
is  very  similar  to  Apul.  dogm.  Plat,  i,  9,  omnium  gignentium 
seniorem,  though  it  may  be  explained  as  Ennius,  Frag.  41,  melior 
mulierum,  in  which,  as  Sittl  remarks,  the  comparative  stands  in 
place  of  a  superlative  (cf.  p.  114).  With  No.  (i)  cf.  Sid.  Apoll. 
Carm.  11,  52,  magnorum  maior  avorum ;  (4)  is  equal  to  Aen.  4, 
576,  and  Iliad  18,  205,  and  elsewhere,  where  the  positive  stands 
for  a  superlative;  cf.  Claud.  Mam.  19,  4;  177,  i ;  Paul.  Pell.  308, 
314.  Positive  for  comparative,  Claud.  Mam.  205,  21.  The 
comp.  is  used  18  times  in  Paul.  Petr.  for  the  pos.  or  superl.,  cf. 
Commod.  A.  659 ;  787.  Comp.  for  pos.  very  frequent  in  Faust. 
Rei.,  16  times  in  loh.  Cass.;  comp.  for  superl.,  omnium  potior, 
Claud.  Mam.  205,  i;  Sedul.  185,  17;  240,4;  5  times  in  Vict. 
Vit. ;  5  times  in  loh.  Cassianus;  21  times  in  Eugippius;  Faust. 
Rei.  450,  17.  Superl.  is  used  for  comp.,  Sedul.  12,  i.  Accord- 
ingly we  would  regard  all  of  the  above  four  passages,  not  as 

J  The  "  Genitiv  des  Wertes,"  cf.  Wolfflin,  Archiv  IX  (1894),  p.  loi  et  seq., 
Der  Genitiv  des  Wertes  und  der  Ablativ  des  Preises. 
2Cf.  Sittl,  lok.  Versch.  d.  lat.  Spr.,  p.  114. 


examples  of  genitives  following  comparatives,  etc.,  but  of  positives 
and  comparatives  used  for  superlatives.* 

Note  I.  A  phenomenon  somewhat  similar  to  the  above 
appears  in  the  Latin  translation  of  the  Book  Sirach,  in  which 
Greek  comparatives  are  translated  by  Latin  positives,  Gk.  superl. 
by  Lat.  pos.,  etc.  (Thielmann,  Archiv,  8  (1893),  pp.  246,  515). 

Note  2.  a  or  ab  with  ablative  after  comparatives,  a  construc- 
tion appearing  in  Ambrose,  Hieronymus  and  others,  does  not 
occur  in  Prudentius. 

2)  Genitive  with  verbs  of  feeling  occurs  in :  miserando  inopum, 
Ps.  580;  but  ace.  Ps.  I ;  P.  2,  412.  paenitens  Cachinni,  Pspr.49  ; 
Roma  pudet  exacti  temporis,  S.  i,  512;  miserescito  huius,  Spr. 
I,  84. 

3)  Frugi^  a  form  which  Riemann'  regards  genetically  as  a 
genitive,  and  which  Delbriick^  and  Lindsay*  are  inclined  to 
regard  rather  as  a  dative,^  occurs  twice  in  Prudentius  and  seems 
to  have  in  one  passage  the  force  of  an  adverb :  sed  nee  magno 
opus  est  frugi  viventibus,  S.  2,  1015,  where  it  =  abstinenter,  and 
in  the  other  it  may  be  translated  as  a  noun:  quam  memorant 
frugi,  parce  cui  vivere  cordi  est,  Ps.  554. 

4.  Dative. 

§53.  With  Intransitives :  haerere,  H.  851 ;  S.  i,  173;  P.  4, 
41 ;  inperare,  A.  140;  inperitare,  C.  3,  162;  S.  i,  368  ;  cedere,  S.  i, 
633;  suadere,  H.715;  parcere,  H.937;  Ps.  392;  placere,  Ps.  356 ; 
S.  I,  576;  credere,  A.  878  ;  servire,  H.  508,  680;  iubere,  A.  658; 
also  used  with  ace.  and  infin.,  or  with  ut,  cf.  §99.  (Here  may  be 
noted,  sibi  peccans,  H.  742,  cf.  Deut.  i,  41 ;  Reg.  2,  12,  13.) 

Note,  Comitari,  which  has  the  dative  twice  in  Juv.  and  ace.  once, 
has  only  the  ace.  in  Prud.,  C.  10,  44 ;  H.  779  ;  Ps.  802 ;  the  Ver- 
gilian  usage,  G.  i,  346;  A.  6,  112,  etc. 

§54.  After  Verbs  compounded  with  Prepositions. 

a)  Intransitives :  adesse,  adsuescere,  advolare  (Aen.  10,  510), 
congredi  (P.  10,  606),  conpetere,  constare,  contingere,  deesse, 

» Wolflain,  Archiv,  7  (1892),  p.  118,  cites  Nos.  (2)  and  (3),  explaining 
them  as  either  genitives  of  comparison  or  examples  of  comparatives  used 
for  superlatives. 

*Riemann,  Revue  de  Phil.,  1890,  p.  66. 

^DelbrUck,  Vergl.  Gram.  (1893),  p.  409. 

*  Lindsay,  Latin  Lang.  (1894),  p.  407. 

6  Wolfflin,  Archiv,  IX  (1894),  p.  105,  after  frugi  places  "(Genitiv  or 
Uativ?)." 


3Ea.iibria^?^  — — 


22 


23 


incumbere,  inesse,  inscribere  (with  in  and  abl.  in  Cic.  Cat.  1,13, 32), 
insistere,  instare,  intervenire,  obludere  (H.  6,  first  by  Prudentius), 
obtemperare,  obsequi,  obsistere,  obstare,  praecellere,  praeludere, 
praesidere,  resistere,  restare,  subesse,  subire,  subiacere,  succedere, 
succumbere,  succurrere,  sufficere,  superesse,  superstare. 

Note.  Incubare  foil,  by  ace.  in  Juv.  has  dat.  in  H.  59;  for 
praestare  foil,  by  ace.  cf.  §34. 

b)  Transitive  Verds,  which  may  also  have  a  direct  object  in  the 
accusative :  abdere,  addere,  addicere,  adsignare,  circumdare,  cir- 
cumferre,  conferre,  coniungere,  conponere,  conserere,  indere,  in- 
dulgere  (H.  799 ;  Juv.  has  the  dat.  simply ;  cf.  Caes.  B.  G.  7,  40), 
inferre,  infundere,  interfundere  (S.  2,  380;  I  have  found  no 
parallel  passage),  inmiscere,  inpertire,  inponere,  instituere,  obicere, 
obiectare,  obtendere,  offerre,  praescribere,  subdere,  subicere,  sub- 
iungere,  submittere,  suspendere  (inducere  has  the  ace,  cf.  H.  50). 

§55.  Nomen  est.  I  have  noted  but  one  occurrence  of  this 
expression:  Eumorphio  nomen  fuit,  P.  5,  466  (Eumorphio  is 
regarded  as  a  nom.  by  the  author  of  the  Delphin  Ed.,  but  De  Vit 
in  his  Onomasticon  gives  Eumorphius  as  the  nom.),  more  frequent 
in  Juv.  The  dat.  is  used  in  Firm.  Mat.  6,  i ;  cui  lunoni  fuit  nomen, 
and  is  the  usual  construction  with  Gregory  of  Tours,  cf.  Bonnet, 
p.  544.     (Cognomento  Heresis  occurs  in  Ps.  710.) 

§56.  Dative  of  Reference  (commodi  et  incommodi).  These 
are  common  and  maybe  divided  into:  (a)  Dativus  energicus^: 
homini,  S.  2,  207 ;  quibus,  Ps.  56,  etc.,  frequent. 

b)  Commodi:  sibi,  H.  172;  Ps.  529,  720;  S.  i,  299;  2,  348, 
566 ;  ipsi,  H.  547  ;  spiritibus,  H.  841 ;  Christo,  S.  2,  620;  tibi,  S.  i, 
265,  497;  2,  1 1 20;  cui,  S.  I,  380;  2,  764  ;  quibus,  Ps.  56. 

c)  Ethicus :  mihi,  S.  2,  445,  659;  C.  3,  71 ;  A.  1046;  en  tibi,  A. 
503;  H.  769;  Ps.  118;  P.  II,  69;  ecce  tibi,  A.  340;  etc.  (cf  ecce 
tibi,  Claud.  Mam.  74,  7;  145,  6). 

Note.  With  present  participles :  it  is  believed  none  occur  in 
Prud.;  Hatfield  cites  4  for  Juv.,  and  it  may  be  noted  that  2  of  these, 
surgenti,  i,  355,  revertenti,  2,  76,  contravene  the  statement  of 
Landgraf,  at  bottom  of  page  53  of  same  article,  who  says  that  this 
construction  does  not  occur  at  all  in  poetry  after  the  Augustan 
Age.^ 

^  Landgraf,  Archiv,  8  (1893),  p.  40. 

*  Landgraf:  "  Seltener  ist  er  bei  den  Augusteischen  Dichtern,  und  gar 
nicht  findet  er  sich  bei  den  Dichtern  der  folgenden  Zeit.  Vgl.  Note  549  to 
Keisig's  Vorlcs.  und  Wolfflin,  Act.  Erlang,  IL  140." 


Dative  after  verbs  of  deprivation  and  separation :  palmam  vic- 
toribus  aufert,  S.  2,  555 ;  aliquid  sibi  detrahit,  A.  277  (P.  6,  75 ; 
S.  2,  553);  cui  nulla  recedi  pars  potest,  S.  2,  238  ;  vincula  demam 
gregibus,  S.  2, 733 ;  palmam  sibi  praeripi,  P.  7, 52 ;  noteworthy  is, 
ovem  gregi  perditam  sano,  C.  8,  33. 

§57.  Final  Dative  used  absolutely  is  rare :  venere  auxilio,  S. 
2,  536 ;  indicio  est  annona,  S.  2,  953 ;  dis  Manibus  marmora  lego, 
S.  I,  403;  quae  sunt  odori,  quaeque  vernant  esui,  P.  10,  335; 
praesidio  Christus  adsit,  Ps.  910;  lapis  nostro  fixus  offensaculo 
est,  Apr.  33;  locus  Emerita  est  tumulo,  P.  3,  186.  With  another 
dative:  prosilit  auxilio  sociis,  Ps.  574 ;  sit  lapidatio  fraudi  hosti- 
bus,  Ditt.  179;  neaerae  non  fuit  ludibrio,  P.  10,  240;  numen 
adserentibus  nihil  pavori  est,  P.  10,  390. 

Note,     For  the  Final  Dative  after  gerundive,  see  Gerundives, 

§83. 
§58.    Dative  after  Passive  Verbs :  a)  After  the  gerundive 

invariably:  Christo  regendos,  S.  i,  565;  restituendus  mihimet,  S. 

2,  265 ;  avibus  edendam,  S.  2,  1049 ;  bibendus  tibi,  P.  10,  736 ;  cfl 

C.  3,  84;  P.  10,  417;  S.  2,  170;  P.  5>  88. 

b)  After  forms  of  the  passive  containing  the  perfect  participle : 
dictus  parenti,  Pspr.  4 ;  comitata  viro,  Ps.  163 ;  angelico  comitata 
choro,  P.  3,  48;  repulsa  Deo,  Ps.  900;  Deo  disposita,  S.  i,  287; 
tibi  parata,  S.  2, 65 ;  Christo  perempta  vero,  C.  9, 112 ;  imago  nulli 
visa,  A.  7 ;  vim  cunctis  petitam,  P.  14,  103. 

c)  After  other  passive  forms,  rare :  nobis  colitur,  P.  10,  952 ;  fit 
deus  Indis,  S.  i,  122;  tibi  soli  calcentur,  P.  5,  105. 

§59.  Final  Locative  after  Verbs  of  Motion.  This  cate- 
gory has  been  denied  for  the  Latin  by  Delbriick  (Vergl.  Synt.  p. 
290),  who  cannot  regard  the  examples  commonly  adduced  as 
*'  finale  Lokale."  Prudentius  has  used  the  following :  caelo  revo- 
landum  (est),  H.  815 ;  caelo  refusus  subvolabit  spiritus,  P.  10,  533 ; 
caelo  reportans  gloriam,  C.  9,  105  ;  venisse  terris  nuntiat  Deum,  C. 
12,  7 ;  tenebris  mergitur,  P.  10,  473;  hominem  portaret  Patri,  C. 
11,48;  occisusredeatsuperis,A.  1059;  qui  sit  dampnandus  averno, 
H.  128  (and  cf.  Ps.  496);  quosdam  astris  dampnavit,  S.  2,  999;' 
sepulcro  condita  est,  P.  10,  525 ;  cf.  Ps.  105,  condere  vaginae 
gladium;  C.  10,  76,  dedit  ossa  sepulcro ;  agmina  superis  inmittere, 
S.  I,  362;   also,  messes  deferre  campo,  Cypr.  Gall.  Gen.  1164; 

>  Cf.  dampnasse  neci,  S.  i,  93;  condemnare  morti  in  S.  Jerome,  Goelzel-, 
Etude,  p.  315. 


24 


caelo  redire,  Commod.  i,  3,  5;  cf.  also  Paul.  Pell.  45;  caelo  ferunt 
Ambrosium,  Eunod.  C.  i,  15,  i. 

§60.    Dative  after  Adjectives :  (conscius,  used  with  dat.  in 

Juv.,  is  used  with  gen.  in  Prud.,  H.  598 ;  Ps.  703 ;  P.  5,  223 ;  P.  13, 
52 ;  Oros.  4,  9,  4 ;  cf.  also  noctis  mihi  conscius,  Spr.  2,  52.  nescius 
also  occurs  with  gen. :  S.  2,  875 ;  P.  5, 234 ;  C.  2, 46 ;  5, 757  ;  9, 64 ; 
10,  79;  so  also  praescius,  Ps.  260,  and  inscius,  S.  2,  1131 ;  C.  3, 
75 ;  A.  575).  Proprius,  utilis,  aptus,  earns,  dispar,  inpar  are  foil. 
by  dat. ;  communis  cunctis  viventibus,  S.  2,  86 ;  membra  morti 
obnoxica,  C.  9,  16;  miserae  postuma  matri,  H.  607;  proximus 
occiduo,  P.  3,  6;  proxima  dotibus,  P.  3,  no;  secto  proximum,  P. 

5,  524;  (also  proximus  ad  aram,  P.  2,  38).  Similis,  as  in  Horace, 
occurs  both  with  the  gen.  and  with  the  dat. ;  with  the  former :  A. 
797,  similis  Dei,  and  799,  sui  similem,but  in  790  the  latter  is  used, 
similis  creanti ;  in  807,  his  similem  (these  are  believed  to  be  the 
only  occurrences);  simillimus  austro,  A.  611 ;  adsimilis  vento,  A. 
954;  cf.  similis  deo,  Claud.  Mam.  97,  8.  Here  may  be  noted 
angusta  lobori,  S.  2,  98. 

Note  I.  Siudiosa  occurs  in  P.  4,  54,  with  Christi,  though  Ob- 
barius  following  some  of  the  MSS  has  the  dat.  Christo  ;  Faguet, 
p.  96,  also  regards  the  dat.  the  better  reading.  But  a  dat.  with 
studiosus  occurs  only  in  Plautus,  Mgl.  802,  according  to  Brix  and 
Lorenz,  ad  loc.^ 

Note  2.  The  infinitive  after  adjectives  :  contenti  vesci,  A.  711 ; 
also  H.  382;  Ps.  105;  S.  2,  346;  P.  II,  44;  Spr.  i,  54;  Draeger, 
§434,  3,  cites  Ovid  as  the  only  poet  to  use  it,  but  Juvencus  uses  it 
in  3,  619,  and  Paulinus  Pell.,  Euch.  190  has  contentus  exercere; 
cf.  also  §67;  certa  mori,  Ps.  586;  suetus  vivere,  C.  5,  39;  suetus 
dare,  C.  7,  70;  also  C.  9,  52;  S.  i,  106;  P.  10,  886;  adsuetos  ali, 
P.  2,  158;  diifundere  promptus,  Apr.  (i)  11,  concurrere  promp- 
tum,  A.  19,  (Draeger  cites  no  use  of  promptus);  abolere  paratus, 
C.  10,  18;  cf.  S.  2,  865;  P.  I,  54;  2,  112;  5,  415;  cf.  paratus 
curare,  Sedul.  4,  182;  peritus  pellere,  P.  5,  450;  conprendere,  P. 
9,  23;  vertere,  P.  10,  870.  potens  mutare,  Diit.  192,  urere  potens, 
P.  13,  79,  (Draeger  cites  only  Manil.  and  SiL);  facihs  conprendier, 
A.  7;  flecti,  Spr.  i,  27;  rapi,  H.  429  (not  in  Vergil  and  Horace, 
Draeg.);  dignus  subire,  P.  10,  99;  cf.  P.  10,  205 ;  Ps.  497,  (Huemer 
cites  ID  examples  from  Sedulius,  but  doctus  habere  occurs  at  one 
of  the  passages  cited,  3,  231);  cf.  also  Don.  And.  2,  i,  31,  and  Cell. 

6,  17,  3;  loh.  Cassianus,  56,  28 ;  Paul.  Pell.  530.    doctissimus  pan- 


*  What  does  Arch.  4,  161,  mean  in  denying  studiosus  to  Plautus  ? 


25 

dere,  S.  2,  93;  fingere  doctus,  S.  2,  645;  effingere,  P.  11,  129; 
sollere  quaerere,  S.  2,  334;  solitus  descendere,  P.  8,  9;  nescius: 
Ps.  143,  883 ;  S.  I,  352  ;  2,  849 ;  P.  3,  20 ;  but  notice  nescius  above 
with  the  gen.;  cf.  inscius  servare,  Paul.  Pell.  471 ;  inpatiens  ferre, 
H.  133;  frenarier,  Ps.  191 ;  solvi  incapacem,  P.  10,  348;  (Draeger 
cites  no  use  of  incapax). 

5.  Ablative. 

§61.  Ablative  of  Manner.  Three  usages  here  may  be 
noted :  (a)  the  abl.  of  gerund :  a  characteristic  usage  of  Late  Latin 
is  the  frequent  employment  of  the  ablative  of  the  gerund  with  a 
modal  force.  Often,  particularly  in  Church  Latin,  it  has  the  force 
of  a  present  participle  agreeing  with  the  subject.  Petschenig  cites 
13  examples  of  its  use  in  this  way  in  Paul.  Petr.,  and  Hatfield  com- 
ments upon  the  frequency  of  its  use  in  Juvencus.  In  Prudentius, 
however,  its  use  is  restricted:  quis  hauriendo  velit,  C.  4, 88;  flendo 
pressit,  C.  7,  42 ;  luctando,  H.  147 ;  adsciscendo,  S.  2,  364 ;  vivendo, 
S.  2,  660 ;  cf.  Priscill.  88,  9 ;  cf.  also  §82. 

(b)  With  an  attribute,  common :  sese  gradu  citato  proripit,  P. 
5,  210;  praepete  cursu  venantem,  H.  293;  gressibus  innocuis 
spatiantur,  H.  813;  auribus  intentis,  Ps.  746. 

(c)  Without  an  attribute:  iure,  A.  515  ;  lege,  Hpr.  12;  fraude, 
H.  146;  ordine,  H.  914. 

§62.  Ablative  of  Respect:  fronte  severus,  Ps.  165;  ore 
severa,  modesta  gradu,  P.  3,  23 ;  fronte  serenus,  C.  3,  8 ;  fronte 
vietam,  S.  2,  81  ;  pulcerrimus  ore,  H.  167;  mollissima  tactu,  H. 
292;  casside  terribilis,  H.  410;  vultu  terribilem,  H.  947;  oculis 
vaga,  Ps.  312  (delibuta  comas,  in  same  line);  discordes  linguis,  S. 
2,  586;  lingua  nequior,  Apr.  (2)  22;  tempore  senior,  numine 
maior,  Apr.  (i)  4 ;  arte  potens,  S,  2,  645  ;  virtute  potens,  S.  2, 1131 ; 
Germine  nobilis  mortis  et  indole  nobilior,  P.  3,  i. 

§63.  Ablative  of  Price,  rare :  vendat  se  spurcis  complexibus, 
H.  634 ;  passeribus  venalibus  asse,  Ps.  620 ;  merce  doloris  emi,  P. 
13,  43;  hoc  milibus  emptum,  D.  19;  campus  mercede  venditus, 

D.  153.     Cf.  also  §49. 

§64.  Ablative  after  Comparatives:  sole  micantior,  C.  5, 44 ; 
antiquius  caelo,  C.  12,40;  licito  iactantius,  H.  170;  plus  solito,  P. 
12,  i;  patre  deterior,  S.  i,  59;  quo  disertior,  S.  2,  pr.  56;  nive 
candidius,  P.  13,  11  ;  iusto  amplius,  P.  2,  58;  peccante  taetrius, 
P.  2,  285  ;  quo  pretiosius,  P.  7,  84  ;  purius  mysterip,  C.  7,  6. 

Note,  All  of  the  above  are  in  positive  sentences,  except  the 
last  3,  in  each  of  which  nil  occurs. 


26 


27 


§65.  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference :  tanio  laetior,  P.  5, 
125;  paullo  infecundior,  S.  2,  955;  quanto  interius,  P.  9,  63. 

§66.  Ablative  of  Quality,  rare :  plenis  viribus  unum,  H.  22  ; 
propriis  genitum  viribus,  H.  171 ;  flore  perenni  virginitas,  H.  956 ; 
sit  stabili  fide,  S.  2,  pr.  38 ;  leiunia  albo  vultu,  Ps.  244 ;  ore  facundo 
Cypriane,  P.  4,  18 ;  est  ulcerosis  artubus,  P.  2,  153. 

§67.  Ablative  of  Means.  Prudentius  has  an  interesting 
example  in  gradimur  fide,  S.  2.  907,  where  the  Vulgate  has  per 
fidem  ambulamus  (Ad.  Cor.  i,  7)  ;  on  the  other  hand,  per  with 
ace.  is  used  fi-equently  by  Sedulius  instead  of  abl. 

(Agent  without  ab:  fi-atre  caesus  inpio,  P.  5,  171  ;  Juv.  also); 
ablative  of  means  with  ab :  numen  mitigans  ab  inguine,  "P.  10, 
1067 ;  fames  parto  fit  maior  ab  auro,  H.  257 ;  so  also  Juvencus,  i, 
230;  Commod.  65,  8.  Fruor,  frungor,  potior,  utor  and  vescor, 
together  with  opus  est,  are  followed  by  the  abl.,  H.  782 ;  77 ;  S.  2, 
629  ;  P.  10,  105  ;  C.  5,  107  ;  S.  2,  1015  ;  contentus  with  abl. :  con- 
tenta  decore,  H.  264;  cf.  also  A.  184;  S.  2,  1128;  H.  798. 

§68.  Ablative  after  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want :  Com- 
plere  has  the  abl.  3  times  (C.  4,  36,  P.  2,  395,  11,  245),  the  genitive 
not  at  all ;  inplere  has  the  abl.  20  times  (A.  159, 645  ;  P.  5, 326 ;  S. 
2, 944 ;  P.  13, 27,  etc.),  and  genitive  not  at  all ;  cum  is  once  used  : 
gulam  frustis  cum  inplet,  Ps.  424;  carere  ^^'li^a.  the  abl.  12  times 
(C.  3,  140;  A.  267,  671,  894,  etc.) ;  egere^  the  abl. :  A.  285 ;  S.  2, 
232 ;  P.  2,  80;  the  genitive  is  not  used,  though  Juv.  uses  twice,  cf. 
Verg.  A.  9,  87;  II,  27;  343;  according  to  Riemann,  p.  269,  the 
genitive  with  egere  belongs  to  the  sermo  familiaris ;  redundare 
with  abl.,  A.  717;  abwiddre^  Epil.  4;  eluvie  adfluere,  P.  11,  46; 
multo  circumfluis  auro,  S.  i,  418;  7iudare,  Ps.  440;  or  bare  ^  H. 
451 ;  spoliare,  P.  9,  43;  vacare,  H.  781 ;  P.  5,  126  ;  ^o\vC\^  frauden- 
iur  sumptibus,  S.  2,  913;  me  vel  dente  vel  ungue  fraudatum,  A. 
1068,  (but  cf.  quidquam  plenis  fraudat  ab  exequiis,  P.  11,  146). 

Note.  Plenus  occurs  with  the  abl.:  plenus  hoste,  P.  i,  100;  cf. 
plenus  spiritu  sancto,  Act.  Apostol.  6,  3 ;  plenam  Deo,  C.  7,  60  ; 
P.  2,  542;  A.  790;  Pspr.  26,  (Horace  prefers  the  gen.  with 
plenus).  Egenus  has  the  gen. :  S.  i,  81 ;  377  ;  2,  916 ;  A.  423 ;  Ps. 
819.  Vacuus :  vacuamque  a  crimine,  A.  899  ;  the  usage  of  Cic, 
Caes.,  and  Livy.  On  the  other  hand  Macrob.,  S.  i,  i,  2,  uses 
vacuus  with  the  genitive  of  the  gerund  (cf.  also  §47).  Sine  seems 
to  be  used  in  place  of  ab  in  C.  10,  34:  vacuum  sine  mente. 
Cassus  with  abl.:  lumine  cassis,  A.  125;  (probably  from  Verg. 
Aen.  2,  85,  or  Stat.  Theb.  2,  15);  indigens  with  abl. :  indigensque 


victu,  C.  4,  54 ;  (Cicero  uses  the  gen.,  cf.  Schmalz',  100).  Abun- 
dans  with  abl. :  abundans  luce,  S.  2,  887 ;  munere  abundans,  H. 
708,  variaque  abundans  caede,  P.  10,  1053.  Hier.  also  uses  the 
abl.,  but  Claud,  uses  the  gen. ;  cf.  IV  Cons.  Hon.  113. 

§69.  Ablative  of  Place  Where.  Such  ablatives  are  common 
and  appear  in  four  forms  : 

A.  With  an  Attribute,  (a)  with  a  preposition,  (b)  without  a 
prep.     B.    Without  an  attribute,  (c)  with  a  prep.,  (d)  without  a 

prep. 

A.  (a)  With  a  preposition:  tristi  in  arce,  H.  in;  in  cerebro 
ebrio,  Hpr.  57  ;  vitioso  in  orbe,  H.  113 ;  vacuo  in  orbe,  S.  2,  340; 
eversis  in  agris,  H.  243 ;  beata  in  regione,  H.  954 ;  capta  in  urbe, 
S.  2,  694  ;  (b)  without  a  preposition :  celsa  arce,  H.  494 ;  nitidis 
crinibus,  H.  272;  stabili  mente,  H.  342;  tristi  abysso,  Ps.  90; 
ulteriore  loco,  Ps.  268 ;  latenti  chao,  S.  i,  94  ;  placito  templo,  S.  2, 
258  ;  culminibus  summis,  S.  2,  399 ;  digno  lectulo,  P.  2,  354;  terris 
nostris,  P.  4,  114;  minutis  artubus,  C.  12,  113;  omnibus  aris,  S.  i, 
129. 

B.  (c)  With  a  preposition :  in  arce,  H.  268  ;  S.  i,  4 ;  in  orbe,  S. 
2,  2 ;  956 ;  P.  2,  116 ;  in  corde,  H.  670. 

(d)  Without  a  preposition :  caelo,  P.  i,  i ;  6,  126 ;  A.  633 ;  rure, 
P.  3,  38 ;  polo,  P.  2,  552 ;  averno,  Ps.  92 ;  puteo,  H.  833 ;  fine,  S. 
2,  886 ;  solio,  Ps.  875 ;  humo,  S.  2,  810 ;  limo,  H.  465 ;  P.  10,  371  ; 
silvis,  S.  2,  875.  (Here  may  be  noted  :  gaudens  haerede,  Pspr.  49, 
and  fretus  amore,  H.  495.)  Argis,  Carris,  Delphis  (Cretae)  occur. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  the  following  combinations  occur :  tristi  in 
arce,  celsa  arce,  in  arce;  vacuo  in  orbe,  and  in  orbe,  etc.,  and  that 
for  the  most  part  the  prepositions  are  used  or  omitted  indif- 
ferently. 

§70.    Ablative  of  Separation. 

i)  Names  of  towns :  illud  ab  sumpsit  Athenis,  S.  2, 353 ;  fugiens 
Sodomis,  H.  725 ;  but  cedere  de  Sodomis,  H.  773. 

2)  Common  nouns,  after  verbs  denoting  motion :  veniunt  caelo, 
C.  ID,  77  ;  caelo  fluit,  A.  370 ;  caelo  influebat,  C.7, 75  ;  9.  6 ;  domo 
;  egrediens,  S.  i,  215;  domo  pepulit,  S.  i,  530;  summo  missa 
'  throno,  Hpr.  10  (Draeger  says,  only  Florus;  cf.  also  caelo  vox 
missa,  Juvenc.  i,  163);  summo  aethere  demissus,  H.  528;  but 
media  ex  arce  demittunt,  H.  312 ;  emissus  solio,  A.  585  ;  deiectum 
solio,  S.  I,  47 ;  tollunt  solo,  P.  14,  50;  P"PPi  desiliat,  Spr.  2,  31  ; 
procede  sepulcro,  A.  742  ;  solitis  decedere,  S.  2,  312  ;  but  a  prisco 
discedere  ritu,  S.    2,  336;  animo  depellite,  S.  2,  124;  subtrahit 


28 


indignis,  S.  2,  830 ;  cf.  Aen.  6,  465,  (or  dat.  ?  cf.  A.  277),  but  de 
fomite  traxit,  H.  115,  H.  196;  electa  solo,  S.  2,  983;  firma  statione 
movebit,  H.  501 ;  so  Cic.and  Caes.  with  loco,  but  e  muris  gressum 
promoverit,  H.  736 ;  and  ab  omni  labe  remotis,  H.  841 ;  C.  7,  28 ; 
caput  caligine  protulit  atra,  H.  179 ;  but  referens  ex  hoste,  Ps.  64  ; 
sede  pia  procul  exigitur,  C.  3,  121 ;  foro  abriperent  virum,  P.  10, 
816;  Roma  secesserat,  P.  11,  41. 

Without  a  preposition :  templo  lucis  sacratis  arcentur,  S.  2,  53 
(but  with  ex,  S.  i,  414);  nos  mortis  tenebris  liberat,  C.  12,  164. 
Pellite  corde  metum,  A.  1080.  Mens  soluta  curis,  C.  6, 33 ;  cf.  P.  6, 
159 ;  H,  911 ;  also  after:  absolvere,  P.  2,  584;  abstinere,  Ps.  451 ; 
deficere,  S.  2,  829;  emicare,  Ps.  325;  excerpere,  A.  312;  exclu- 
dere,  P.  4,  66;  exuere,  H.  456,  781. 

Note  I.  Ablative  oi Source  or  Origin  is  used  with:  genitus,  S. 
i»  53>  87 ;  but  ex  Patre,  H.  627  ;  satus,  Pspr.  60;  patre  prosatum 
perenni,  P.  6,  46;  nate  Deo,  A.  418;  corde  ex  natus,  C.  9,  10; 
editus,  C.  3,  3 ;  12,  50;  Pspr.  12 ;  S.  2,  824 ;  but  (ex)  verbo,  C.  11, 
18;  ortus,  S.  I,  165;  2,  221  ;  but  ex  ore, C,  11, 18;  manantem  Deo 
originem,  C.  5,  30 ;  without  either  participle  or  verb :  Melchise- 
dech,  qua  stirpe,  quis  maioribus  ignotus,  Pspr.  43. 

Note  2.  liber  is  followed  by  abl.  without  a  preposition  in :  H. 
44,  702,  912  ;  S.  I,  144 ;  Pr.  44  ;  C.  7,  24  ;  A.  937  ;  but  with  ab  in 
P.  10,  519,  and  C.  5,  135.     With  the  gen.  cf.  §47. 

§71.  Ablative  denoting  Time  When  occurs  both  with  and 
without  an  attribute :  sero  aevo,  Ps.  375  ;  tempore  longo,  S.  2, 344  ; 
exitiali  die,  S.  2,  569 :  tenebrosa  nocte,  S.  2,  704 :  also  Ps.  216 ;  S. 
2,  917,  977,  1078 ;  A.  628  ;  P.  4,  172  ;  without  an  attribute  :  princi- 
pio,  C.  5,  50;  H.  155 ;  S.  2,  133  ;  nocte,  H.  223  ;  cf.  ilia  nocte,  C. 
5,  127  ;  nocte  dieque,  C.  8,  56  ;  H.  514 ;  tempore,  A.  825  ;  cf.  illo 
tempore,  A.  103;  C.  i,  66;  annis,  A.  350. 

Note,  Ablative  denoting  Duration  of  Time.  This  occurs 
frequently  after  the  time  of  Tacitus  and  Suetonius,  and  belongs  to 
the  sermo  vulgaris;  cf.  Petronius  §111 ;  frequent  in  Justinus.' 
Occurs  not  infrequently  in  Church  Latin  :  Arnob.  2,  25 ;  4,  26 ;  15 
times  in  Lucifer  Cal.,  4  times  in  Commodian;  Paul.  Petr.  i,  137; 
5,  34;  Cyprian  (Gall.),  centum  vixerat  annis.  Gen.  228 ;  Victor  Vit. 
has  duravit  in  regno  annis  triginta  septem,  p.  23,  5 ;  cf.also  Eugip- 
pius,  p.  II,  3;  53,  10;  Faustus  Rei.,  p.  134,  12;  286,  10;  loh. 
Cassianus,  p.  74,  i  ;  Buch  Sirach  (Latin  version)  una  hora,  12,  14; 
annis  is  thus  used  by  Claudianus  also,  cf.  26-634  (Birt).    In  Prud. : 

1  Paucker,  Z.  f.  o.  G.  1883,  p.  326. 


29 

Erravit  septingentis  annis,  S.  2,  413 ;  exitiabilis  ter  denis  annis, 
S.  2,  715 ;  speculator  qui  nos  diebus  omnibus  prospicit,  C.  2,  105  ; 
Ternis  dierum  ac  noctium  processibus  mansit,  C.  7,  121 ;  secretus 
quinis  diebus  octies,  C.  7,  187;  tribus  cursitat  diebus,  P.  2,  142; 
sex  continuis  latent  diebus,  P.  6,  31 ;  tanto  tempore  tecum  versor, 
A.  121 ;  (cf.  tanto  tempore  vobiscum  sum,  lohan.  14,  9) ;  omnibus 
te  concelebrent  seculis,  C.  9,  114;  cf.  P.  5,  575. 

§72.  Ablative  Absolute.  This  construction  occurs  in  the  4 
poems.  Ham.,  Psych.,  Sym.  I  and  II,  3671  lines,  89  times ;  56  times 
with  the  perfect  participle,  33  times  with  the  pres.  act.  participle, 
the  participles  of  the  deponent  verbs  not  occurring  in  this  con- 
struction. In  the  Cathemerinon,  however,  the  perfect  part,  out- 
numbers the  present,  as  32  to  6,  and  one  deponent  occurs  (C.  12, 
169). 

§73.    Other  Ablative  Constructions. 

Dignus  takes  the  abl.,  Hpr.  30;  579;  S.  2,  113,  255,  591,  1130; 
P.  I,  25;  tenendis  ossibus,  P.  1,5;  indignus  also:  H.  936;  S.  2,  118. 
Juvencus  also  uses  the  abl.,  Hieronymus  the  gen.,  dignum  tantae 
feminae,  Ep.  77,  8. 

Fido  and  Confido :  Ps.  26,  pectore  fidens ;  fidit  iaculis  (dat.?), 
C.  5,  51 ;  S.  2,  422  ;  Spr.  2,  48  ;  confisa  paratu,  Ps.  200,  but  con- 
fido sancto  in  spiritu,  P.  10,  104,  (this  construction  first  used  by 
Capitolinus,  Draeg.^  I,  238). 

Muto  followed  by  the  abl. :  corvos  mutare  columbis,  D.  192. 

Absque '=z^\xi^^  frequent  in  sermo  familiaris  and  a  characteristic 
mark  of  African  latinity,'  appears  very  often  in  Hier.,  not  at  all  in 
Arnob.  and  Cyprian,  here  and  there  in  Augustine,  (cf.  Wolfflin, 
Rhein.  Mus.  37,  98).  It  is  very  frequent  in  Salvianus,  occurs  26 
times  in  Faustus  Rei.,  and  15  times  in  CI.  Mam.  It  occurs  3 
times  in  Prud. :  nil  absque  Deo  factum,  H.  182  ;  absque  aliena,  A. 
43 ;  absque  fraude,  P.  10,  998  ;  cf.  also  Vict.  Vit.  29,  2 ;  87,  25. 

The  ablatives  causa  and  gratia  as  quasi-prepositions  with  the 
genitive  do  not  occur. 


f )  Participles,  Gerund,  Gerundive  and  Supine. 

I.  Participles. 

§74.    Statistical  Investigation.    The  participle  is  an  impor- 
tant element  of  style,  contributing  to  condensation  of  statement, 

*  Cf.  Ktibler,  Archiv,  8  ( 1892),  p.  178  ;  "  besonders  wichtig  fiir  Erkenntnis 
afrikanischen  Sprachgebrauches." 


30 

rapidity  in  narration,  and  playing  an  important  part  in  periodic 
structure.     To  ascertain  what  use  was  made  of  it  by  Prudentius 
and  to  compare  him  in  this  respect  with  Juvencus  and  Priscillian,* 
predecessors  of  the  same   century   and   probably   of  the   same 
country,   an   investigation  was   made   of  the  first   500  lines   of 
the    Psychomachia,    omitting    the    first   20  lines    of  introduc- 
tion, as  that  poem  was  less  argumentative  and  contained  more 
narrative  than    the    other    hexametrical    poems.     Complemen- 
tary  infinitives    and    infinitives  after  verba  sentiendi  et  declar- 
audi  were  counted  as  parts  of  one  expression,  as :  audet  spargere, 
videbat  eos  fugere.     Participial  nouns  and  participial  adjectives, 
as  factum,  perditus,  and  ardens,  were  not  reckoned  as  participles. 
In  these  500  lines  there  are  495  verb  forms  to  196  participles 
(72^ :  28^),  curiously  enough,  the  exact  proportion  in  Juvencus, 
though  the  distribution  is  different:   perfect  passive  participles 
112  to  Juvencus*  98;   present  active  participles  74,  here  again 
agreeing  with  Juvencus ;  gerundive  passive  participles  i  to  Juven- 
cus* 1 1 ;  future  active  participles  9  to  Juvencus'  3  ;  there  should 
also  be  noted  2  cases  of  the  ablative  of  the  gerund  (lines  84  and 
132)  which  is  equivalent  to   the  present  participle  (§61).     If, 
however,  the  participial  adjectives  be  included,  there  are   128 
perf.  part,  to  84  pres.  part.,  making  in  all  222  participles  instead 
of  196,  or  31^  to  Juvencus*  28^.     But  some  of  the  lyric  poems, 
especially  those  in  praise  of  the  martyrs,  often  contain  extended 
passages   of  narrative,   and   in   these   the   participles   appear  in 
greater  numbers,  producing  rapidity  in   narrative,  one  of  the 
features  of  Prudentius*  style  in  which  he  appears  at  his  best ;  P. 
Ill  and  VI  may  be  especially  cited.     In  P.  IV,  7-1 1,  there  are  6 
participles  to  one  verb. 

The  present  participle,  to  bring  out  the  details  of  the  picture, 
may  be  noted  in  P.  10,  901,  also  in  902,  and  in  P.  6,  58  ;  also  in 
P.  I,  70,  where  it  has  the  force  of  a  clause  with  dum  ;  others 
might  be  cited.  Notice  also  the  effect  of  the  perfect  participle  in 
Ps.  34,  61,  125,  184,  280,  282  in  contributing  to  condensation. 

§75-  Present  Participle  jo  ned  to  Object  after  Verbs  of 
Perceiving.  rFor  which  Schmalz"  only  cites  Calp.  Piso,  Cic, 
Sail.,  Nepos,  Vitruv.,  Liv.  and  Horace);  Hatfield  cites  a  number  of 
examples  in  Juv.     It  occurs  but  a  few  times  in  Prudentius :  hunc 

i"Ein    Characteristikum   der    Sprache    Priscillians    ist    der    geradczu 
unmSssige  Gebrauch  von  Participien."     Schepss.  Archiv,  3,  322. 
•Lat.  Synt.«  §109. 


31 

cernet  gementem,  C.  10, 1 1 1 ;  fusos  rotantem  cernimus  Tirynthium, 
P.  10,  239  ;  Laurentium  flentem  videns,  P.  2,  23 ;  quosdam  videt 
offerentes,  P.  6,  52;  quos  cantantes  stupuit  (=saw  with  amaze- 
ment), P.  6,  112;  cf.  C.  5,  30. 

§76.  The  Deponent  in  a  Passive  Sense  is  believed  not 
to  occur :  for  ih^perf.  part,  in  Middle  sense,  see  §26. 

§77.  Deponent  Perf.  Part,  used  Aoristically :  cadavera 
animas  comitata  rapientur,  C.  10,  43  ;  venerata  Deum  percenseat 
Roma,  A.  385 ;  concordia  comitata  Fidem  ridet,  Ps.  802 ;  filius 
arce  inlapsus  intret,  Ps.  819;  ratus  contulit,  S.  i,  224;  diffisus 
viribus  aptas,  S.  2,  31 ;  also  S.  2,  42 ;  P.  2,  447  ;  3»  4^ ;  4.  ^85. 

§78.  Future  Participle  used  as  Attribute :  paritura,  A. 
584  ;  perituros  honores,  H.  100;  pariturae  virginis,  H.  575  :  mori- 
turum  (avoided  by  Cicero,  very  frequent  in  Vergil,  LandgralO 
maritum,  H.  586,  also  H.  914;  Ps.  583;  S.  i,  560;  and  others. 

Denoting  purpose :  petitvisurus  fumum,C.  7,  137;  petit  pugna- 
tura  Fides,  Ps.  22 ;  desiluit  metatura,  Ps.  825 ;  it  visura,  S.  2, 
1092  ;  veniet  positurus,  P.  4>  1 1  ;  also  A.  684 ;  Ps.  473 ;  S.  2,  602  ; 
cf.  petiturus,  Apul.  Met.  10,  34-     For  other  expressions  of  purpose 

cf  §108,  4,  C. 

§79.  Present  Act.  Part,  for  Perfect,  very  rare :  infundunt 
agmina  saturanda  crescente  cibo,  A.  716;  noctua  advolitans  pro- 
didit,  S.  2,  575;  cf.  Paul.  Pell.  187,  327,  372,  391,  498)  Cypr. 
Gall.  ex.  196;  frequent  in  Eugippius. 

§80.  Passive  for  Active  is  believed  not  to  occur  ;  cf.  also  §23. 

§81.  With  Particles:  mox  adfuturo  deo,  C.7,52;  iam  rever- 
tentem,  C.  9,  98  ;  iam  stantibus,  C.  10,  73 ;  iam  obstanti,  H.  212. 

2.  Gerund. 

§82.  In  general  and  in  detail :  Prudentius  uses  the  gerund 
construction  about  as  often  as  the  gerundive,  about  90  of  the 
former  being  used  to  87  of  the  latter.  With  the  gerund  he  uses 
but  I  preposition,  ad ;  with  the  gerundive,  5,  ad,  de,  e,  in,  and 
pro.  He  uses  the  gerund  about  as  often  relatively  as  Juv.,  using 
it  once  in  123  lines  to  Juv.  once  in  128  lines.  The  genitive  is 
used  most  often,  49  times,  the  abl.  36  times,  ace.  3  times,  and 
dat.  2  times,  appearing  in  the  following  forms  : 

Genitive,  (a)  after  nouns,  as :  mos  edendi,  C.  7,  147 ;  amor 
habendi,  Ps.  478  ;  cf.  S.  2,  762,  1005,  etc.;  a  noun  depending  upon 
the  gen.,  a  very  rare  usage,  occurs :  luxus  vorandi  carnis,  P.  10, 

'Landgraf,  Archiv,  9  (1894),  p.  48. 


32 

514  ;*  (b)  after  adjectives :  fandi  nescii,  C.  2,  46 ;  expertes  furandi, 
S.  I,  86;  indocilis  fandi,  S.  i,  647;  tacendi  intemperans,  P.  2, 
253 ;  secandi  doctus,  P.  10,  886 ;  (none  of  these  adjectives  exc. 
doctus  are  mentioned  by  Draeger,  §597) ;  cf.  also  P.  10,  210;  C.  7, 
161,  etc.     Note:  Gen.  =: purpose :  paenitendi  datur  diecula,  C. 

7,  96.' 

Dative,  But  2  cases  occur:  P.  5,  18,  verba  mollia  suadendo 
effuderat ;  and  A.  15,  pietas  spernendo  libelli  tibi  est. 

Accusative  :  ad  resurgendum,  P.  10,  640;  ad  sacrandum,  P.  10, 
912;  ad  secandum,  P.  10,  1064.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  he  does 
not  employ  the  archaic  construction  of  an  object  after  the  gerund. 

Ablative.  Frequently  has  a  modal  force  (cf.  §61),  though  it  is 
often  difficult  to  determine  whether  it  has  a  modal  force  or  is  used 
to  express  means  or  cause  :  H.  147 ;  C.  2,  50;  3,  91 ;  A.  166;  Ps. 
84;  S.  2,  660;  P.  9,72;  II,  198,  etc.  Worthy  of  note :  libera 
miserando  inopum,  Ps.  580. 

3.  Gerundive.^ 
§83.    Gerundive  denoting  End  after  Active  Verbs :  dedit 

sequendam  lineam,  C.  7,  50;  also  P.  4,  141 ;  5,  388  ;  12,  56;  D, 
172  ;  se  praestitit  inspicendum,  A.  24;  P.  10,  601 ;  offerens  costas 
execandas,  P.  10,  73 ;  also  C.  4,  45  ;  Hpr.  4 ;   S.  i,  565  ;   2,  1 1 18  ; 
P.  5.  364;  6,  50;  10,  44,  954  ;  II,  198;  D.  58,  154. 
§84.    Gerundive  with  ad,  denoting  Purpose:  opera  ad 

divina  conrumpenda,  H.  179;  ad  ludibria  oppugnanda,  Ps.  16;  ad 
haec  colenda,  P.  10,  246 ;  efficacior  ad  devorandas  offas,  P.  10,  808 
(but  seminandis  efficax  erroribus,  P.  10,  271) ;  ad  decus  petendum, 

P-  13,  73- 

§85.  Gerundive  has  the  force  of  an  Attribute  Adjec- 
tive :  fruenda,  C.  3,  84  ;  tremendas,  D.  6,  56 ;  tuenda,  C.  6,  76  ; 
horrendus,  H.  39;  Ps.  291;  P.  4,  103;  5,  247;  11,  54.  Other 
forms :  C.  7,  37 ;  45 ;  83 ;  133 ;  9.  75 ;  85 :  Apr.  6,  328  ;  453 ;  Ps. 
27;  H.  260;  735  ;  S.  I,  494;  2,  909;  P.  3,  71. 

'  For  other  examples  and  discussion  in  general  cf.  Dosson,  De  Participii 
Gerundivi  vi  et  usu,  Paris  (1887),  P«  86. 

*  Cf.  adsentandi  in  Ter.  Ad.  270  and  Incert.  Auct.  ad  Her.  i,  16,  29;  2, 
30,  48  (Marx). 

3  For  general  treatment  cf.  Dosson,  as  above.  Also  Weisweiler,  Das  lat. 
part.  fut.  pass.,  Paderborn  (1890).     Cf.  also  Archiv,  9  {1894),  316  and  317. 


33 

§86.  Copula  omitted  with  Gerundive:  dicendum  mihi,  Pr. 
31 ;  vis  admiscenda,  A.  17  ;  quod  vivendum,  A.  71 ;  revolandum, 
H.815;  idolium  fugandum,S.  1,610;  vincenda  voluptas,  S.  2, 146; 
metuenda  potestas,  S.  2,  171 ;  silendi,  P.  4,  181 ;  bibendus,  P.  10, 
736;  but  expressed:  qui  sit  dampnandus,  H.  128;  restituendus 
erat,  S.  2,  265 ;  subnotanda  est,  P.  2,  132;  mors  luenda  est,  P.  5, 
52  ;  mors  habenda  est,  P.  5,  357. 

The  following  case-usages  may  be  noted  here : 

Genitive :  indocilis  occurs  also  with  gerundive  :  tractandae 
indocilem  ratis,  Spr.  2,  60  (this  adjective  is  not  mentioned  by 
Draeger) ;  diruendae  civitatis  incolis,  C.  7, 83  ;  consultor  habendae 
relligionis,  A.  453  ;  cf.  H.  260,  735,  etc. 

Dative:  chiefly  to  express  purpose  or  end,  and  occurs,  a) 
with  nouns,  b)  adjectives,  c)  verbs:  a)  his  agendis  plectrum,  P. 
10,  935  ;  b)  artibus  aptum  noscendis,  S.  2,  329 ;  also  P.  10,  438  ; 
dignus  tenendis  ossibus,  P.  i,  5  ;  (orabl.  ?),  (ifdat.,not  mentioned 
by  Draeger)  ;  neither  capax  (C.  9,  66)  nor  efficax  (P.  10,  271)  is 
mentioned  by  Draeger,  §598.  c)  Descendit  servando  homini,  A. 
156 ;  utere  sorte  blasphemis  tenendis,  A.  773 ;  cf.  also  Spr.  i,  67  ; 
P.  II,  151;  etc.     See  §57. 

Ablative^  with  de :  S.  2,  407 ;  P.  10,  87 ;  with  e  :  Ps.  259 ; 
with  in  :  S.  i,  458  ;  2,  820 ;  pro  :  Ps.  9 ;  S.  2,  919 ;  cf.  dignus  above. 

4.  Supine. 

§87.  Occurrences  of  Supine.  In  -um:  probably  only; 
salutatum,  P.  11,  189.  In  -u :  dira  relatu,  A.  i;  visu  horridus, 
P.  ID,  1043;  miserabile  visu,  P.  9,  13;  inculta  visu,  P.  2,  180; 
quod  dictu  scelus  est,  A.  822. 

g)  Prepositions. 

§88.    Noteworthy  Constructions. 

a)  post-position:  pecudes  inter,  S.  i,  80;  Floras  inter,  S.  i, 
266.  This,  while  occurring  frequently  among  poets,  is  used  with 
characteristic  frequency  by  Prudentius,  who  uses  it  at  least  113 
times;  cf.,  besides  the  above,  C.  3,  11  ;  7,  28  ;  A.  209,  262,  etc. 
b)  Separation  of  prep,  by  conjunction  :  trans  et  Pyrenas,  P.  2, 
540.  (It  is  sometimes  at  quite  a  distance  from  its  object,  as  in  H. 
196,  473;  A.  108,  145,  714,  etc.)  c)  Adusque  occurs  in  A.  983; 
H.  950;  Ps.  634;  S.  I,  112;  P.  10,  364,  560,  763;  II,  190;  usque 
ad  also  occurs,  in  local  sense,  A.  261,  1007;  P.  i,  no;  in  tem- 
poral sense,  C.  i,  33 ;  S.  2,  280;   in  genealogical  series,  Ps.  384 ; 


34 

indicating  measure,  S.  i,  270;  C.  4,  30.'     Usque  ad  occurs  11 
times  in  Priscillian,  and  is  very  common  in  Macrobius. 

2.   Interrogative  Sentences. 

§89.  Interrogative  Particle  lacking:  quaeritis  Christicolum 
genus?  P.  3,  72;  tu  porro  solus  obteras  Caesarem?  P.  5,  108; 
also  A.  631,  961,  962  ;  H.  320,  481,483.  673;  Ps.  623,  370;  S.  i, 
334,  590;  P-  2,  316,  320;  10,  410,  445'  946;  II,  4,  256.  The 
above  questions  are  all  rhetorical  questions. 

§90.  Si  as  Interrogative  Particle.  This  is  common  in 
eccl.  Latin,  and  two  cases  have  been  found  in  Juvencus,  but  none 
in  Prud.  It  was  used  with  a  partly  conditional,  partly  interrog. 
force  in  PI.  and  Ter.,'  but  Prud.  seems  to  have  used  it  only  with 
a  cond.  force,  and  never  as  an  interrog.  particle,  either  in  simple 
or  complex  sentences. 

Ind.  questions  it  may  be  noted  are,  for  the  most  part,  in  the 
subj.:  I  have  noted  but  one  exception :  Cernis  ut  una  via  est 
errans?   S.  2,  896.     This  is  another  mark  of  his  good  latinity.' 

§91.  Other  Interrogative  Particles:  non=inonne  in  P. 
10,  296;  A.  355,  421,  631 ;  P.  3,  112  ;  so  also  in  Commodianus,  2, 
33,10;  32,7;  1,14,6;  w^  =  nonne,  P.  10,  376,  as  in  archaic  Latin  ; 
cf.  Com.  2,  32,  2  ;  and  Lucifer  Cal.  153,  i  ;  201,  4  (Hartel  Ed.)  ; 
numne:  S.  1,322;  2,  940;  H.  871.  (Ritschl.  Opusc.  2,  248, 
denies  the  Latinity  of  this  form,  so  also  Hand.  Turs.  4,  79, 
but  Ribbeck  argues  for  it,  Lat.  Part.  p.  13,  and  reads  it,  Afran.  fr. 
29.)  Prudentius'  fondness  for  questions  appears  in  a  number  of 
places,  but  see  especially  H.  462-490,  seven  in  succession,  Anne 
(which  gives  some  support  to  numne)  in  a  direct  question,  and 
before  a  consonant,  S.  i,  400  ;  in  an  indirect  question,  P.  10,  963;  * 
cf.  also  Claud.  26,  524;  loh.  Cassianus,  300,  14  ;  qui  (=quomodo), 
S.  2,  523:  defendere  Idam  qui  hortis  potuit? 

B.    Coordinate  Sentences. 

§92.    Some  noticeable  cases. 

a)  A  Series  of  Imperatives.  These  occur  both  with  and  with- 
out connectives:  i,  ferrum  rape,  perfunde  cunas,  C.  12,  99;  con- 
scende  rogum,  decumbe,  P.  2,  354  :  discede,  lupiter,  relinque,  P. 
2,  453,  465 ;  II,  30  ;  A.  594  ;  also  :  conmitte  formas  et  confer,  P. 

>  See  further  uses,  Thielmann,  Archiv,  6,  469. 
-  Becker,  Stud.  Stud,  i,  195. 
•^Koffmane,  Kirch,  lat.,  p.  130. 


35 

2,  221 ;  rape  et  conice,  P.  1 1,  67 ;  with  nunc :  state  nunc,  hymnite, 
P.  I,  118.  (This  Schmalz  regards,  Lat.  Synt.  §163,  An.,  as  the 
usage  of  Vergil,  remarking  that  Vergil  does  not  use  et  in  these 
cases,  but  cf.  Aen.  11,  119.)  This  is  the  usage  of  Hor.  and  Ov.; 
Prudentius  also  uses  the  connective :  nunc  suscipe  gremioque 
concipe,  C.  10,  125  ;  and  adesto  nunc  et  percipe,  P.  5,  545  (cf. 
Hor.  Ep.  2,  2,  76). 

b)  que  et  for  simple  et :  timorque  et  ira,  P.  10,  962 ;  corpus 
pastumque  et  corporis  omnem,  A.  722;  mentisque  et  corporis 
actu,  Ps.  767  ;  aram  foresque  et  ipsas  solvere,  P.  10,  50 ;  cf.  also : 
P.  2,  288,  369;  10,  224,  910,  962;  (not  in  Verg.  and  Hor., 
Schmalz  §178).     factoque  et  nomine  clarus,  Paul.  Petr.  3,  267. 

c)  w<?  .  .  .  neve  occurs  in  S.  i,  78. 

d)  etz=.sed  in  P.  3,  2 ;  240 ;  Vergil  uses  que  for  sed,  A.  10,  344. 

€•    Subordinate  Sentences. 

I.    Subordination  without  Relative  Pronouns  or 

*  Particles. 


a)    Paratactie  Constructions. 

§93.  Simple  Subjunctive  :  fugiatis  censeo,  S.  2,  129,  putetis, 
131 ;  censeo  tollas,  S.  i,  425  ;  absolvas  precor,  P.  7,  79  (reddas 
precor,  Hor.  O.  i,  37)  ;  sit  supplex  precor,  C.  8,  77  ;  precor  prae- 
cipe, C.  10,  165;  colas  memento,  P.  12,66;  moneo  fugias,  H. 
703  ;  deponas  velim,  S.  i,  499  ;  P.  2,  169  ;  (common  in  letters  of 
Cicero,  cf.  also  Hor.  O.  3,  16,  38,  and  S.  i,  5,  53);  dicas  volo,  S. 
2>  393 ;  P.  10,  880 ;  opto  noverit,  P.  10,  441  ;  vis  dicam,  S.  2,  583  ; 
(but  infin.:  S.  2,  270;  P.  11,  234);  faxo  teratur,  Ps.  249,  as  fre- 
quently in  Plautus  ;  reddas  necesse  est,  C.  10,  139;  A.  852;  P. 
ID,  169  ;  Quint.  1,2,  18 ;  (also  infin.  P.  10, 89,  424)  ;  date  demam, 
S.  2,  732 ;  date  perluamus,  P.  4,  193  ;  iubet  sternerent,  P.  5,  260; 
praecipit  tollant,  P.  10,  697.     cf.  §19. 

§94.  Conditional  Sentences  without  Particle :  sit  satis, 
sufficiat,  C.  3,  181;  caelum  nitescat  laetius,  gratetur,  C.  11,  10; 
curramus  regumque  sequamur  progeniem,  invenies,  A.  997 ; 
respice  ad  cellam,  invenies,  S.  i,  573. 

§95.    Paratactie  Temporal  and  Causal  Construction: 

temporal :  vernat  herbarum  coma,  tum  laurus  obumbrat,  C.  8, 45  ; 
emicat  columba  repens,  martyris  os  visa  relinquere,  P.  3,  163; 
causal :    Desine,  Christus  adest,  A.  409 ;   Desine  grande  loqui. 


36 

frangit  Deus  omne  superbum.  Ps.  285;  also:  C.  10,  119;  129; 
134;  P-  i3>99. 

b)    Infinitive,  and  Ace.  with  Infin. 

§96.  Final  Infinitive.  Ecclesiastical  writers  make  free  use  of 
the  infinitive  to  express  purpose  after  verbs  of  motion.  Dombart 
cites  10  examples  of  it  in  Commodianus  thus  used,  and  3  times 
with  dare  (cf.  also  Sulpic.  Severus,  Dial.  2,  6,  6  :  venit  audire). 
Prudentius  does  not  use  it  so  freely  after  verbs  of  motion,  only 
these  two  occurring :  spoliare  viantem  adgressus,  H.  208  ;  ire 
mandat  milites  raptare  plebem,  P.  10,  44.  Exceptus  admittere, 
A.  896  ;  this  is  very  rare ;  the  nearest  parallel  seems  to  be,  natum 
tolerare  labores,  Ov.  Met.  15,  121.  It  is  most  frequent  with  dare  ; 
I  have  noticed  12  :  dat  credere,  dat  pudere,  P.  13,  27  ;  dat  nosse, 
C.  6,  44;  dedit  transmittere,  Ps.  678;  also  Ps.  644;  C.  3, 192;  S. 
2,  427;  P.  2,  336;  A.  42,  etc.;  dat  ferre,  Cypr.  Gall.,  Gen.  1453; 
duat  vivere,  Commod.  i,  14,  7;  dedisti  posse,  Paul.  Pell.  569; 
dare  with  the  infin.  is  used  10  times  in  Sedulius,  in  Cyprian  3 
times,  and  in  Ennodius  8  times  ;  cf.  datur  scire,  Comm.  ap.  136. 
Ut  also  is  used:  P.  2,  434;  ne,  13,  67. 

§97.  Objective  Infinitive,  after  causative  and  auxiliary  verbs : 
amare,  ardere,  audere,  cavere  (but  cf.  P.  10,  136),  certare,  cogere, 
conpellere,  contendere,  cupere,  dedignari,  desinere,  dignari,  dis- 
cere,  exigere,  extimescere,  emerere  (A.  1033)  (Draeger  says  it 
occurs  only  3  times  and  only  in  Ovid),  gaudere,  habere  (freq.  in 
Itala  and  Vulg.  Roench.  p.  447 ;  11  times  in  Cyprian),  horrere 
(previously  observed  only  Verg.,  Liv.,  and  Ammian.,  says  Draeg. 
§424;  but  cf.  also  Cic.  Agr.  2,  37,  loi  and  Lact.  7,  15,  11),  insti- 
tuere,  malle,  meditari,  meminisse  (also,  memor  esse),  merere, 
monere,  nescire,  niti,  nolle,  odisse,  parare,  pavere,  pergere  (P.  4, 
147),  poscere,  prurire,  quaerere,  recusare,  recipere  ("  allow,"  A. 
517,  not  mentioned  by  Draeg.),  sinere,  spernere,  studere,  suadere, 
subigere,  temptare  (C.  4,  80,  90  ;  5, 72  ;  Ps.  45  ;  S.  2,  99,  385,  507, 
696;  P.  10,  877 ;  neither  Draeger  nor  Schmalz  cites  any  usages  of 
this  after  Quint.;  I  have  noticed  also  the  following  in  Juvenc.  i, 
113  ;  2,  476 ;  3,  222,  464 ;  4,  607)  ;  trepidare,  velle,  vetare.  Note  : 
prohibere  is  used  as  in  class,  period,  always  with  the  ace,  with 
the  act.  infin.,  as  in  P.  6,  50;  C.  3,  169;  S.  i,  620;  2,  463;  and 
with  the  pass.,  as  in  S.  2,  1125. 

§98.   Simple  Infinitive  as  Subject.  This  is  very  common  and 
occurs  in  3  forms :  (a)  when  the  verb  is  accompanied  by  a  noun, 


37 


as  quis  furor  est  perdere,  P.  3,  66 ;  (b)  when  it  is  accompanied  by 
an  adjective,  as  facile  est  frenare,  H.  524 ;  and  (c)  with  impersonal 
verbs,  as  licet,  etc.  (a)  Tempus  (est)  cohibere,  S.  i,  656;  Quae 
ratio  est  submittere,  A.  642  ;  cernere  fas  sit,  A.  18,  cf.  also  A.  260; 
S.  I,  351 ;  edere  Patris  est,  Apr.  7 ;  labi  hominis,  servare  Dei  est, 
H.  665 ;  vivere  cordi  est,  Ps.  555 ;  necesse  est  pensare,  H.  615 ; 
S.  2,  278;  P.  2,  196;  (but  with  subj.  P.  10,  134,  210,  990,  iioo, 
and  generally  cf.  above  §93).  (b)  Serum  est  spernere,  C.  i,  10; 
satis  sit  dixisse,  P.  10, 648 ;  simplex  esset  credere,  Apr.  32 ;  fundere 
erat  melius,  H.  98.  (c)  Licitum  est  cernere,  A.  112;  taedet  per- 
currere,  H.  273  (Draeger  §424,  9,  b.  says  only  in  Ter.  and  Ov.) ; 
with  licet,  C.  3,  10;  libet,  C.  3,  59  ;  piget,  H.  376;  sufiicit,  Ps. 
458 ;  iuvat,  C.  3,  12  ;  H.  420,  471 ;  Ps.  459 ;  P.  3,  137,  etc.;  with 
est,  Apr.  5;  A.  64;  P.  II,  131;  A.  121 ;  H.  82. 

Note,  Infinitival  clause  as  subject  of  a  finite  verb :  dubium  est 
animas  de  semine  lacob  exilium  gentile  pati,  H.  453  ;  quam  pudet 
hoc  illis  persuasum  (esse),  S.  i,  283;  est  perdere  tanti  vitae 
ofiicium,  H.  652 ;  cf.  also  P.  10,  672. 

§99.  Accusative  with  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Discourse. 
The  following  verbs  may  be  mentioned  as  followed  by  this  con- 
struction :  credere,  dederat  iudicium  tendere  se,  P.  3, 17  ;  docere, 
dubitare,  ferre,  flere,  fidere,  inhere  (also  foil,  by  dat.  and  inf.,  and 
ut  with  subj.,  cf.  A.  636,  658,  1030,  1069 ;  with  simple  infin.,  see 
P.  10,  40),  meminisse,  mente  tenebo  esse,  H.  342 ;  ostendere, 
petere,  praedicare,  praemonere,  prohibere,  ridere,  suadere  (also 
with  ut:  H.  718),  D.  15. 

§100.  Accusative  with  Infinitive  used  as  Subject:  fuit 
melius  inperium  tolerasse  patres,  H.  463 ;  cuncta  creata  senescere 
necesse  est,  P.  10,  13. 

§101.    Other  Noticeable  Points  in  use  of  Infinitive : 

a)  Infinitive  depends  on  a  verb  implied  in  a  noun :  indubitata 
fides,  Dominum  curare  potentem,  Ps.  621. 

b)  Two  infinitives :  curvare  nefas  (esse)  putantem,  C.  4,  41 ; 
nosset  servare  malle,  C.  7,  104 ;  miratus  (est)  posse  sustinere,  C. 
8,  192;  Ps.  58;  cernere  erat  splendescere  frondes,  A.  64;  also 
P.  II,  132;  Ps.  395;  S.  I,  563;  2,  651 ;  P.  I,  37. 

c)  Subject,  when  a  pronoun  omitted :  docuit  (me)  infectum 
loqui,  Pr.  9;  (me)  stare  iubens,  Pr.  21;  (eum)  spectare  manda- 
ram,  S.  2,  260;  addit  (eos)  loqui,  P.  10,  458 ;  cf.  P.  14,  57. 

d)  ^Mhfacere  in  the  sense  of  "to  cause  to":  facit  imbrem 
flere,  C.  5,  24;  P.  13,  45;  A.  604,  902;  S.  2,  221.     This  is  chiefly 


38 

colloquial  and  late,  and  the  usual  sense  of  facere  in  Ambr.,  Hier. 
and  St.  Aug.  (Thielmann,  Archiv,  3,  194;  but  on  p.  195  he  cites 
but  2  examples  of  this  usage  from  Prudentius),  Cyprian  Gall.,  Ex. 
272 :  faciunt  prorepere  ranas ;  Paul.  Petr.,  Vit.  Mart.  2,  76 ; 
fecisti  evolvere  linguas;  Commod.  Instr.  i,  26,  37:  defunctos 
vivere  fecit;  cf.  also  Ap.  117,  122,  619,  624,  etc.  Caec.  Cyprian, 
Epist.  75,  10:  facere  se  terram  moveri;  loh.  Cassianus,  27,  4: 
cunctos  facit  consurgere.  This  use  of  facere  occurs  11  times  in 
CI.  Mar.  Victor,  cf.  also  Faust.  Rei.  217,  6;  Sedul.  3,  335  ;  4, 18  ; 
Claud.  Mam.  134,  12  ;  and  very  frequent  in  Salvianus. 

e)  This  periphrasis  occurs :  scio  non  futurum  ut  concremur,  P. 

10,  853. 

f)  Infinitive  in  exclamations  occurs  in  P.   10,   803:   vos  non 

potesse  dissipare ! 

2.  Subordination  by  Means  of  Relative  Pronouns  and 

Particles. 

§102.    A  General  Relative  implying  a  Condition    not 

common: 

a)  quidquid :  sufficit  quidquid  facias,  C.  8,  69 ;  quidquid  geri- 
mus,  spiritus  texat,  Ps.  767. 

b)  quisque:  quisque  deum  Christum  vultdicere,  dicat,  A.  1060; 
also  S.  2,  477;  P.  5,  784;  P.  10,  35;  214:  sentiet  quisque  conse- 
crarit. 

§103.    Relative  Clauses  of  Characteristic  Result :  nil  est 

dulcius  quod  iuvare  possit,  C.  4,  95  ;  quae  gens  tam  stolida  quae 
praeponat,  A.  196;  possum  exempla  excerpere  quae  doceant,  A. 
313;  dignus  qui  sit,  A.  969;  indignus  qui  sancta  canam,  A.  742; 
quis  erit  qui  reprehenderit,  S.  2,  84 ;  also,  C.  4,  30 ;  A.  192,  211 ; 
Ps.  516;  S.  I,  40,  309,  633;  2,  34;  P.  5,  452;  II,  62;  14,  73. 

Note  I.  Sunt  qui  with  subj.  in  S.  2,  685 ;  P.  14,  57 ;  with  indie, 
A.  552;  S.  2,  841,  865;  as  also  in  Commod.  C.  A.  119.  Plautus 
had  used  both  modes,  and  both  in  the  same  sentence,  Cure.  480 ; 
Hier.  generally  uses  the  indie.  (Goelzer,  p.  356). 

Note  2.  Informal  Indirect  Discourse:  Electus  Christo  locus 
est,  ubi  corda  probata  provehat,  P.  8,  i. 

§104.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose :  nuntius  advolare,  qui 
pastum  daret,  C.  4,  56;  facies  multiformes  fingit,  per  quas  fruatur, 
C.  6,  39;  dextram  porrigit  cuius  sinistra  nesciat,  C.  7,  218;  se 
praestitit  per  species  quas  possit  conprendere,  A.  25 ;  bis  sex 
adpositi  qui  bona  servarent,  A.  740.  Further:  A.  124,  864;  Ps. 
915;  S.  2,43;  P.  2,346;  II,  152;  D.  17;  134. 


39 

§105.    Attraction  of  Antecedent  into  Relative  Clause: 

non  occidet  interior  qui  spirat  homo,  S.  2, 185 ;  quae  pridem  con- 
diderat  iura,  vertit,  S.  2,  308;  quern  tu  minitaris  ignem,  flagrabis 
ipse,  P.  5,  187.     Further :  Ps.  394 ;  S.  2, 917 ;  C.  6, 79 ;  10, 33,  41. 

Note,  Attraction  of  the  case  of  a  relative  to  that  of  its  ante- 
cedent is  believed  not  to  occur. 

§106.    Other  Relative  Clauses : 

a)  qui  =  causal:  hie  locus  dignus  tenendis  ossibus  visus  Deo, 
qui  pudicus  esset,  P.  1,6. 

b)  Subj.  by  attraction:  cuius  sit  fraximus  eruta  quae  conscen- 
deret,  S.  2, 458. 

§107.    Accusative  Conjunction. 

1.  After  quod, 

a)  quod  after  verba  sentiendi  et  declarandi,  very  common  in 
eccl.  Latin :  occurs  14  times  in  Cyprian,  1 1  in  Sedulius  and  107 
times  in  Hier.  (Goelzer,  p.  376).  Hatfield  cites  17  in  Juvencus, 
but  none  seem  to  occur  in  Prud. ;  none  also  with  quia  and  quo- 
niam.     This  is  a  mark  of  his  good  Latin. 

Note,  Quod  clause  as  subj.  of  finite  verb  seems  to  occur  in: 
sit  satis  quod,  etc.,  C.  3,  181. 

b)  quod  causal,  with  subjunctive  to  give  reason  of  another  as  : 
increpas  ventum  furentem  qtiod  vertat  aequor,  C.  9,  37 ;  cf.  Ps. 
496;  S.  I,  pr.  31 ;  2,  38,  912;  P.  5,  120;  10,  1048. 

2.  Quia,"^  After  verba  sent,  et  decl.,  23  times  in  Cyprian,  16  in 
Hier.,  none  in  Juv.,  none  in  Prud. 

Quia  causal,  much  less  frequent  than  quod,  and  followed  by  the 
indie. :  quia  dedit,  haec  subdidit,  C.  3,  26 ;  moritur  quia  habet,  C. 
3,  187;  cf.  C.  10,  13;  H.  25;  P.  6,  13.  Used  interchangeably 
with  quod,  S.  2,  1105;  with  quoniam,  S.  2,  1109.  Occurs  after 
doleas  in  Ps.  120;  doleas  quia,  the  Plautine  usage;  quia  is  used 
in  all  33  times  and  only  once  after  a  verb  of  emotion  (doleo)  ; 
miror  quod  occurs  in  P.  10,  291,  and  occurs  3  times  in  Plant.,  cf. 
Trin.  290  (Bx);  (quia  with  nam  seems  to  occur  but  once :  S.  1,53). 

3.  Quam  appears  with  post  in  the  form  postquam  and  is  fol- 
lowed by  the  indicative — most  frequently  by  the  perfect,  then  by 
the  historical  present;  by  the  pluperfect  in  C.  7,  74  ;  Ps.  133  ;  S. 
2,  740;  by  the  subjunctive  in  rident  postquam  conbiberint  Deum, 
C.  4,  18;  Postquam  cadaver  retraxerint,  procedit  inde  pontifex, 
P.  10,  1042 ;  perf.  subj.  also  in  Commod.  C.  A.  773 ;  appears  also 

» I  have  followed  Schmalz  (and  Lindsay,  Lat.  Lang.  p.  610)  in  regarding 
this  as  an  ace.  (Handbuch  2,  501) ;  Stolz  regards  it  an  instr.,  Id.  p.  348). 


40 


with  ante^  either  joined  with  it,  as  in  C.  i,  51 ;  or  separate  from  it 
as  in  C.  7,  40,  and  elsewhere;  with  pres.  subj.  as  in  C.  i,  51; 
imp.  in  C.  7,  40;  and  perf.  in  Pspr.  14,  where  it  follows  dedit. 

a)  Comparative  clauses  with  quam  :  fit  peccatum  prius,  quam 
inlustret,  C.  i,  54;  docuit  non  prius  ullum  caelestia  cernere  regna, 
quam  toleraverit,  C.  10,  87.  (Quod  dignius  obsequimur  quam  si 
recinat,  C.  3,  34.)  Also:  A.  826,  1065;  S.  i,  315;  2,  1030;  P. 
10,  428. 

b)  quamlibet  =  quamvis,  C. 8,  53;  11,17;  S.  i,.593;  P.  11,  163; 
quamvis  with  subj.:  C.  5,  7  ;  A.  190 ;  921 ;  H.  226  ;  Ps.  674. 

4.     Dum, 

dum,  *  while,*  with  pres.  indie:  cardo  rotat  dum  fruimur,  Pr.  43, 
also:  C.  6,  25;  A.  599;  S.  2,  1086;  P.  4,  131. 

dum  '  until,*  with  accessory  idea  of  purpose,  suspense  being 
involved :  eo  usque  dum  lux  surgeret,  C.  2, 75  ;  expectat  dum  co- 
quat,  Apr.  51. 

dum  joined  with  adversative  signification :  dum  tumuit  vigor, 
nullus  fecundavit  amor,  S.  2,  1080.  (The  perf  in  both  clauses  is 
used  by  Cicero.) 

Nbfe,  dum  occurs  with  imp.  subj.  4  times  in  Sedulius,  with  the 
pres.  once,  with  the  pres.  indie,  once. 

§108.    Locative  Conjunction. 

1.  Cum,.  The  imperf  and  pluperf  after  cum  are  regularly  in 
the  subjunctive,  as,  C.  3,  77;  4,  52;  A.  234,  308,  1034;  P.  11,  6; 
Ps.  135,  etc.  I  find  no  case  of  the  imperf  indie,  with  cum,  as  in 
Juv.  3,  98;  but  with  the  perf.  indie,  it  occurs  in  C.  5,  103:  cum 
semel  fluxerunt. 

2.  Quoniamy  causal,  occurs  21  times  and  always  with  the  indi- 
cative: C.  5,  23;  A.  516,  1038;  H.  694,  etc. 

quoniam  is  used  by  eccl.  writers  like  quia  and  quod  after  verba 
sent,  et  decl.  Cyprian  uses  it  thus  11  times  ;  Hier.  but  once,  Ep. 
147,  I  (Goel.  p.  384);  so  also  but  once  by  Tert.  (Wolff.  Archiv,  5, 
496;  cf  also  Arch.  8,  558;  9,  99;  251);  Prud.  not  at  all,  though 
he  makes  use  of  Ter 

3.  DoneCy  in  the  sense  of  **  until "  with  the  subjunctive :  per- 
mansit  donee  transvolveventur,  C.  11,  30;  pugnant  donee  Chris- 
tus  adsit,  Ps.  910;  advolevit  donee  solidaret,  S.  2,  331 ;  extendite 
donee  conpago  crepet,  P.  5,  112;  also  P.  5,  464;  10,  1040;  12, 
36.  In  the  sense  of  **  as  long  as  '*:  pressit  donee  expavit  ignem, 
C,  7.  44;  Juv.  used  this  only  in  the  sense  of"  until "  (H.). 


41 


4.  Ut 

a)  ut,  relative :  nee  sic  tabescunt  nives  ut  seges  vanescit,  C.  7, 
208;  sic  piratis  mare  servit,  ut  mercatori,  S.  2,  791;  ut  dederat 
palmam,  sic  tribuit  veniam,  P.  8,  12;  also  H.  521 ;  P.  10,486; 
13,  12;  14,  67;  Epil.  24. 

b)  ut,  temporal :  with  pres.,  Ps.  274,  764 ;  with  perf :  ut  red- 
didit, tribunal  victor  adscendit,  C.  9.  103 ;  cf  S.  i,  215 ;  P.  5,  365; 
7,  36;  10,  1026;  with  pluperf:  quos  ut  increpaverat :  inpendet, 
inquit,  C.  7,  132;  ruit  ut  (=simul  atque)  Christum  senserat,  C. 

9,54. 

c)  uty  final  or  consecutive,  exhibits  the  usual  forms.     For  other 

ways  of  expressing  purpose,  see  §§78,  84,  96. 

Note  I.  Ut  is  used  with  a  comparative  in :  ut  pars  potentior 
extet,  C.  10,  23;  adorat,  vuluus  ut  subiret  paratius,  P.  14,  86;  cf. 
Priscill.  23,  2.     For  quo,  cf  §110. 

Note  2.  The  negative  final  clause  is  always  introduced  by  ne, 
cf  also  ne  non,  A.  1079;  H.  551 ;  ut  ne  occurs  in  the  consecutive 
clause :  sic  haec  constare  tria  ut  ne  faciam,  A.  243. 

d)  ut  after  verbs  of  asking,  promising,  perceiving  and  teaching : 
nonne  vides  ut  nulla  avium  cogitet,  Ps.  617 ;  nonne  vides  ut  mar- 
ceat,  A.  479 ;  (cf  also  Hor.  O.  i,  14,  3,  and  S.  i,  4,  109);  cernis  ut 
vestigia  probentur,  S.  2,  363 ;  cernis  ut  una  via  est  errans,  S.  2, 
896 ;  orant  ut  celer  ignis  advolaret,  P.  6, 1 16 ;  qui  iubet  ut  redeam, 
A.  1069,  also  1031  ;  S.  2,  pr.  31 ;  memor  ut  fiam,  rogatis,  P.  6,  83; 
rogo  ut  spectet,  H.  308 ;  cf  the  paratactic  construction  §93 ;  (note 
ut  ne  in  :  hortante  ut  ne  parcerent,  P.  10,  755). 

Note :  ut  introduces  a  clause  explanatory  of  a  noun :  populare 
quiddam  credidit  frequentia  ut  autument,  P.  10,  81 ;  Dei  virtus 
memorabilis  est  ut  redeat,  A.  1058 ;  da  hoc  ut  levent,  C.  3,  173. 

Note:  credis  ut  incipias  occurs  in  Commod.  i,  34,  19,  not  i,  24 
19  as  given  by  Dombart  (Index). 

5.  Ubi  has  3  uses :  (a)  temporal,  where  it  is  construed  with  the 
perfect  about  as  often  as  with  the  historical  present ;  besides  being 
used  with  these  two  tenses,  it  also  occurs  with  the  pluperfect  once : 
ubi  regnaverat,  texat,  Ps. 912;  (b)  as  a  relative  of  purpose:  elec- 
tus  Christo  locus  est  ubi  provehat,  P.  8,  i ;  consecrat  aeterna  ubi 
luce  coruscet,  Ps.  108;  legisse  deos  ubi  sanctior  usus  maneret, 
S.  2,  541 ;  (c)  as  a  locative  adverb  :  Ps.  665 ;  S.  i,  573 ;  P.  3,  191  \ 
10,  411;  12,  37;  etc. 

6.  Si.  On  si  as  an  interrogative  particle,  see  §90.  On  condi- 
tional clauses  introduced  by  a  general  relative,  see  §102. 


42 


a)  ^2  =  dummodo:   opto  inperator  noverit,  si  velit,  P.  lo,  442. 

b)  SI  after  expressions  of  the  emotions :  nee  mirum  si  rotantur, 
H.  247. 

c)  si  in  conditions :  a)  Fut.  ind.  in  both  clauses,  twice :  Apr. 
II ;  P.  14,  36;  with  fut.  perf.  in  protasis,  3  times:  C.  10,  142;  S. 
2,  27;  P.  10,  871.  /5)  Pres.  ind.— fut.,  3  times:  P.  10,  443;  814; 
S.  I,  50  (of.  also,  quis  terror  occupat,  si  expresserit,  P.  10,  286). 
y)  with  pres.  subj.  in  protasis:  si  sit— sit:  12  in  Prud.,  3  in  Juv.; 
si  sit — est:  20  in  Prud.,  8  in  Juv.;  si  sit — erit:  6  in  Prud.,  10  in 
Juv.  In  the  relative  frequency  of  usage  of  these  forms  Prudentius 
may  be  compared  with  Hieronymus,  and  Juvencus.with  Symma- 
chus.^  d')  Imperative  in  apod.  17  times:  Spr.  i,  84;  P.  11,  64; 
I3>  63;  etc.  With  jussive  subj.  in  apod.:  Pr.  35;  A.  400;  S.  2, 
14 ;  etc.  Cf.  further  S.  2,  49  ;  Ps.  394 ;  P.  10,  991 ;  C.  11,  94  ;  A. 
128,  586  ;  H.  61,  106  ;  etc.  e)  Unreal  conditions,  only  P.  10,  295  ; 
986;  A.  32i,(cf.  S.  I,  287;  636.  P.  5,  402;  11,81);  9  were  noticed 
in  Juvencus. 

§109.  Modal  Conjunction.  Quin :  nee  nox  ulla  vacet  quin 
canat,  Pr.  38 ;  sic  nulla  restet  mora  quin  resumat,  P.  5,  570. 
{Quin  corroborative :  this  is  by  far  its  most  frequent  use,  espe- 
cially with  an  added  et,  Prudentius  seems  lo  have  been  especially 
fond  of  beginning  the  line  with  quin  et,  using  it  thus  9  times  to 
Juvencus  o  times,  Hor.  3  times,  Vergil  5  times ;  cf.  A.  458 ;  P.  5, 
281;  etc.,  immo  is  added  in  P.  5,  165,  and  with  potius,  A.  294; 
etiam,  in  Ps.  851  ;  S.  2,  778). 

§110.    Ablative  Conjunction  with  quo  =  ut.    Quo  is  thus 

used  both  with  and  without  comparatives;  without:  frequent,  refer- 
ring to  a  preceding  noun,  as  tu  iter  monstras  quo  resurgat,  C.  10, 
20;  12,  146;  H.  250,  etc.  Also  :  iugulos  opponere  quo  oppetant,  P. 
10,  65 ;  but  used  in  this  latter  way  rare.  Cf.  Commod.  61,  47  ;  118, 
44;  21  times  in  Lucif.  Calar.;  cf.  Eugippius,  5,  4;  56,  20;  Sedul. 
C  3»  13  'y  P-  300,  19.  With  comparatives  :  superbia  volitabat  quo 
se  iactantius  inferret,  Ps.  181 ;  also  S.  i,  20;  2,  6;  P.  2,  127;  with 
minus,  P.  14,  13. 

*Cf.  Blase,  Der  Konjunktiv  des  Prasens  im   Bedingungssatze,  Archiv,  9 
(1894),  p.  25. 


43 


I>.    Characteristic  Cuiployment  of  the  Different 

Parts  of  Speech. 

I.    Nouns. 

§111.    Abstracts  in  -io.  Hieronymus  was  particularly  fond  of 

abstracts  in  -io  and  they  abound  in  the  Vulgata.    They  are  a  mark 

of  the  sermo  plebeius.^     Prudentius  uses  53,  a  few  not  having  a 

clearly  abstract  signification.    None  are  qlt:  .  eip,  (marked  *),  8  are 

post- Augustan  and  late  (followed  by  t)i  o  eccl.   The  remaining  45 

are  classical.     They  occur  most  often  in  Ham.  and  least  often  in 

S.I. 

List. 

In  -ion :  conditio,  conluvio,  ditio,  legio,  oblivio,  optio,  regio, 
relligio,  (8);  cf.  also,  amasio  (t),  P.  10,  182,  pugio,  C.  12,  116 
(passage  not  cited  by  Fisch,  Archiv  5,  82);  pusio,  C.  11,  13;  12, 
104 ;  etc. 

In  -tion  and  -sion:  actio,  agnitio,  ambitio,  auctio,  cognitio, 
concio,  crematio  (f),  dimensio,  discretio  (f),  divisio,  dominatio, 
generatio  (tj,  habitatio,  imitatio,  inpressio,  indignatio,  instauratio, 
intentio,  iussio  (t),  laceratio,  lapidatio,  meditatio,  natio,  obiurgatio, 
observatio,  obstinatio,  obstrectatio,  operatio,  oratio,  passio  (f), 
persuasio  (f),  portio,  quaestio,  ratio,  redemptio,  reparatio  (f),  se- 
ditio,  simulatio,  subiectio,  superstitio,  supplicatio,transmigratio  (t), 
trepidatio,  veneratio,  (44).  In  the  use  of  nouns  in  -io,  Prud. 
stands  in  marked  contrast  to  Vergil,  53  :  6.  On  the  other  hand, 
Plautus  uses  85  "  and  Ter.  22.^  Three  of  the  6  of  Vergil  were 
employed  by  Prud.:  ratio,  seditio,  superstitio ;  1 1  were  also  used 
by  Juvencus. 

§112.  Abstracts  in  -tas  and  -tudo.  Prudentius  uses  64 
nouns  in  -tas  and  2  in  -tudo.  Of  these  none  are  a-,  elp,^  6  are 
p.  A.  and  late  (t)>  the  remaining  58  are  classical.  Both  forms  in 
-tudo  are  classical,  and  occur  in  C.  9;  the  majority  of  the  forms  in 
-tas  occur  in  the  lyric  poems.  A  marked  difference  from  Vergil 
appears  here  also :  Prud.  used  64  to  Verg.  19,  while  on  the  other 
hand  Plant,  used  72  f  14  of  those  used  by  Vergil  appear  in  Prud. 
In  -tudo,  Prud.  used  2,  Verg.  o.  Plant.  23,  Ter.  9.  This  latter 
form  belongs  rather  to  the  sermo  vulgaris  or  to  the  archaic. 

*  Cf.  Marx,  Auctor  ad  Herennium  Proleg.  p.  168. 

2  Rassow,  De  Plauti  Substantivis. 

»  Slaughter,  The  Substantives  of  Terence,  1891. 


44 


List, 

Aetas,  aeternitas,  antiquitas,  anxietas,  austeritas,  bonitas,  caeci- 
tas,  castitas,  civitas,  claritas,  credulitas,  deitas  (f),  A.  13,  76, 1008; 
S.  2,  268  (Wolfflin,  Arch.  5,  497,  does  not  cite  this  use),  divinitas, 
duitas,  Hpr.  37,  edacitas,  facultas,  feritas,  gentilitas,  germanitas, 
inmanitas,  inmortalitas,  inpietas,  integritas,  largitas,  levitas,  libertas, 
loquacitas,  maiestas,  malignitas,  maturitas,  mobilitas,  nobilitas, 
novitas,  obscuritas,  parcitas  (t),  pietas,  posteritas,  potestas, 
profunditas  (t),  prosperitas,  protervitas,  pubertas,  qualitas,  rusti- 
citas,  saevitas  (t),  sancitas,  simplicitas,  sobrietas  (f),  sodalitas, 
suavitas,  trinitas,  unitas,  urbanitas,  vanitas,  venustas,  Veritas,  ver- 
bositas*  (t),  vetustas,  vicinitas,  virginitas,  voluntas,  voluptas. 

'tudo:  altitudo,  aegritudo. 

Paucker,  K.  Z.,  23,  139,  does  not  cite  Prud.  as  using  deitas  (A. 
76,  1008 ;  S.  2,  268) ;  nor  parcitas,  P.  10,  359 ;  and  omits  entirely 
from  his  list  duitas,''  Hpr.  37. 

§113.  Nouns  in  -men  and  -mentum.  The  forms  in  -men, 
being  chiefly  poetical,  we  find  greatly  outnumbering  the  forms  in 
-mentum.  Four  words  appear  in  both  forms,  fig-,  frag-,  funda-, 
stra-.^ 

Of  the  forms  in  -men,  3  are  Sr.  dp.^  i  eccl.,  11  p.  A.  and  late,  3 
poet,  and  p.  A.,  6  occur  only  in  poetry,  and  43  are  classical. 

List  of  Nouns  in  -men. 
Acumen,  agmen,  cacumen,  cantamen,  carmen,  certamen,  crea- 
men  (f),  crimen,  cruciamen,  culmen,  discrimen,  examen,  figmen  (t), 
flamen,  flumen,  foramen,  fragmen,  fulmen,  fundamen  (poet.),  ger- 
men,  gestamen  (poet,  and  p.  A.),  gramen,  hortamen,  inritamen 
(poet.),  legumen,  levamen,  libamen  (poet.),  libramen  (t),  ligamen 
(poet,  and  p.  A.),  limen,  litamen,  luctamen,  lumen,  medicamen, 
meditamen  (poet),  moderamen,  modulamen  (t),  munimen, 
nomen,  numen,  oblectamen  (poet.),  ostentamen  (f),  palpamen(t), 
peccamen  (f),  perflamen  (eccl.),  piamen  (piaculum  also  used,  cf. 
§154),  purgamen,  regimen,  *religamen,  semen,  sinuamen  (f), 
specimen,  spectamen*  (t),  *  speculamen,  spiramen  (poet.),  *  spur- 
camen,  sputamen(t),  stramen,  subtemen,  sufflamen,  tegmen,  tuta- 

» Taken  up  also  by  Gregory  of  Tours.     Cf.  p.  196,  16. 
2  He  gives  it,  however,  in  his  list  in  Beitrage  zur  lat.  Lex.  (1872),  p.  540. 
3Prudentius  seemed  to  have  been  fond  of  using  synonymous  expressions. 
Cf.  also  §119  and  Faguet,  p.  90. 
4  Ps.  913,  not  cited  for  Prud.  by  Paucker,  Beitrage  zur  lat.  Lex.  p.  674. 


45 

men  (poet,  and  p.  A.),  *ululamen,  vegetamen  (f),  velamen  (poet, 
and  p.  A.),  vimen,  volumen.     (67). 

List  of  Nouns  in  -mentum, 

Alimentum,  argumentum,  armamenta  (H.  560),  armentum, 
augmentum,  caementum,  calcamentum,  cognomentum,deliramen- 
tum  (Plaut.  and  p.  A.),  documentum,  elementum,  experimentum, 
figmentum  (t),  fragmentum,  frumentum,  fundamentum,  incremen- 
tum,  indumentum  (f),  lamentum,  momentum,  monimentum,  monu- 
mentum,'  opermentum,  ornamentum,  pigmentum,  recrementum  (t), 
sacramentum,  sarmenta,  segmentum,  stramentum,  testamentum 
(31).     Of  these  forms,  3  are  p.  A.  and  late,  28  are  classical. 

Comparing  Prud.  with  Verg.,  and  Plaut.  and  Terence,  notice : 
in  -men,  Prud.  has  67,  Verg.  37,  Plaut.  19,  Ter.  7  ;  in  -mentum, 
Prud.  31,  Verg.  14,  Plaut.  48,  Ter.  14;  Prud.  uses  over  twice  as 
many  forms  in  -men  as  in  -mentum,  Vergil  almost  3  times  as 
many,  a  usage  the  reverse  of  that  of  Plautus  and  of  Terence. 

§114.  Plural  of  Abstracts:  adfectus,  concentus,  consortia, 
contagia,  dispendia,  divortia,  fastidia,  gaudia,  otia,  periuria,  pon- 
dera,  robora,  silentia,  solatia. 

§115.  Plural  of  Concretes:  cibos,  C.  4,  92;  ciborum,  C.  7, 
188 ;  P.  5,  406  ;  colla,  Spr.  i,  26 ;  P.  10, 750 ;  escas,  C.  8,  76 ;  lucra, 
C.  2,  44;  mella,  C.  3,  71;  menta,  P.  10,  908;  musta,  S.  2,  218; 
saxi  pondera,  P.  7,  30;  tundatur  terga,  P.  10,  116;  thalamis, 
S.  2,  1080 ;  aversa  vultus,  P.  14,  41 ;  H.  908. 

§116.  Concretes  used  Collectively  in  Singular:  miles, 
Ps.  451;  S.  2,  518  ;  P.  10,  61,  etc.  (cf.  Paul.  Pell.  383)  ;  advena,  Ps. 
210  ;  pusio,  C.  12, 104  ;  heros,  virgo,  puer,  senex,  anulla,  P.  6, 149  ; 
ludaeus,  A.  542.  (This  usage  occurs  frequently  in  Vergil  (Lade- 
wig,  Eel.  8,  2.)     Here  may  be  mentioned  civitas,  C.  7,  141. 

§117.  Abstract  Noun  as  Subject  or  Object  occurs  fre- 
quently, especially  in  the  Psychomachia,  where  so  many  abstract 
qualities  are  personified.  Aetas  prima  flevit,  Praef  7 ;  protervitas 
et  luxus  foedavit,  Praef.  10;  pietas  extulit,  Praef.  20;  potestas 
iudicet,  C.  4,  97 ;  voluntas  sapit  et  captat,  C.  10,  25  ;  pietas  studet, 
C.  10,  58  ;  virginitas  et  fides  bibit,  A.  583 ;  calor  meminit,  Ps.  25 ; 
dementia  reprimat,  neu  sciat  invidia,  P.  13,  65;  vim  decebat 
innocenti  aetatulae  inferre  leges,  P.  10,  677  ;  also  H.  424,  627  ;  Ps. 
248;  S.  I,  pr.  56;  2,  504;  4,  76;  P.  10,  1003;  D.  139,  etc.  Fre- 
quently in  Victor  Vit. 

'  On  these  two  forms  cf.  Stolz,  Hist.  Gram.  (1894),  I,  §172. 


46 


§ii8.  Nouns  in  -tor,  -sor,  -trix.  Prudentius  uses  149  of 
these  forms :  8  are  a  r.  dp  (*),  29  p.  Aug.  (f),  3  poet.,  2  poet,  and 
p.  A.,  4  eccl.,  I  archaic  and  late ;  the  remaining  102  are  classical. 

List  of  Nouns  in  -tor, 
Adsertor,  aemulator,  amator,  animator  (t),  apparitor,  aratot, 
auctor,  bellator,  cantor,  *captator  (as  used  by  Pr.),  censor,  cogni- 
tor,  conditor,  confessor  (eccl.),  consultor,  contemptor,  conviciator, 
creator,  cultor,  dator,  depositor  (t),  dictator,  *dissertator,  dissi- 
pator,  divisor,  doctor,  dominator,ductor,  emancipator  (f),  exactor, 
excitator  (f),  executor  (f),  extinctor,  factor,  fautor,  fictor, 
formator  (f),  fossor,  fundator,  genitor,  gestator  (f),  gladi- 
ator, gubernator,  habitator,  hortator,  ianitor,  incohator  (t),  inci- 
tator  (t),  induperator  (archaic  and  late),  infusor,  inmolator,  inper- 
ator,  insecutor  (t),  insidiator,  institor,  interemptor  (t),  C.  12,  114, 
of.  Lucifer,  Cag.  53,  6 ;  148,  25  ;  inventor,  *Iancinator,  largitor, 
latrator,  lector,  luctator,  mediator  Tf),  mercator,  messor,  modera- 
tor, negator  (t),  nugator,  obsessor,  orator,  pastor,  peccator  (t), 
penetrator  (t),  percussor,perdomitor  (eccl.),peremptor  (f),  perse- 
cutor (t),  populator,portitor,'  praeceptor  (f),  praestigiator,  rector, 
redemptor,  regnator  (poet.),  repertor,  salvator  (eccl.),sator,scisci- 
tator  (t),  scriptor,  scortator,  sculptor,  sectator,  sector,  secu- 
tor  (t),  servator,  signator,  spectator,  speculator,  sponsor,  stator, 
stuprator  (f),  suasor,  successor,  sulcator  (t),  supplicator  (eccl.), 
testator  (C.  12, 87  ;  very  rare),  tortor,  traiector  (f),  triumphator  (f), 
ultor,  unctor,  unctor,  *unicultor,  vaticinator,  vector  (poet,  and  p. 
A.),  venator,  ventilator,  *verberator,  viator,  victor,  vocator  (t). 
(120). 

In  -trix:  bellatrix,  *calcatrix,  creatrix  Cpoet.,  P.  4,  191),  domi- 
natrix  (A.  88  ;  very  rare),  donatrix,  enuntiatrix,  fautrix,  genetrix 
(poet,  and  p.  A.),  idolatrix,  *inficiatrix,  meretrix,  moderatrix, 
negatrix  (t),  nutrix,  obstetrix,  ostentatrix  (f),  peccatrix  (f),  prae- 
nuntiatrix  (eccl.),  proditrix  (t),  pugnatrix,  redemptrix,  saltatrix, 
speculatrix,  spectatrix,  *strangulatrix,  turbatrix,  Ps.  668  (poet, 
and  very  rare),  venatrix,  vexatrix,  victrix.     (29). 

A  marked  contrast  exists  between  Prud.  and  Vergil  in  the  use 
of  these  forms,  but  a  much  more  marked  one  between  Prud.  and 
Juv.;  in  -tor:  Prud.  has  120,  Verg.  50,  Juv.  26  (accord,  to  Hat- 
field); in  -trix:  Prud.  has  29,  Verg.  11,  Juv.  i  (H).     This  seems 

'P.  5,  406;  not  cited  by  Paucker,  Kl.  Beitrage  zur  Lex.  u.  Worth.  1872, 
p.  481. 


47 

to  be  a  marked  characteristic  of  Prudentius,  though  Tertullian 
used  150.^  Out  of  the  149  forms  in  Prud.,  108  did  not  occur  in 
Juv.,  and  36  of  them  had  been  used  by  Vergil. 

§119.  Diminutives.  As  diminutives  occur  in  greatest  abun- 
dance in  the  sermo  familiaris,  one  could  hardly  expect  to  find 
them  in  any  great  numbers  in  the  poems  of  Prudentius.  For 
purposes  of  comparison  Juvencus  and  Vergil  were  also  examined. 
The  results  are:  Prud.  employs  55,  Juv.  8,  Vergil  30;  on  the 
other  hand,  Plaut.^  uses  164,  Ten'  34.  Of  these  55,  all  are  class. 
except  3  (t  =  post- Aug.  and  late)  ;  15  were  previously  used  by 
Vergil  (V) ;  4  also  by  Juvencus  (J) ;  and  3  of  them  were  used 
by  each  of  the  three  poets. 

List, 

Aetatula,  agellus  (V  J),  ancilla,  anulla,  auricula,  bracteola, 
bucula  (V),  calculus  (V),  capillus  (V  J),  chartula,  circulus  (V), 
corpusculum,  cunulae,  diecula,  fasciola,  fidiculae,  filiola,  filiolus, 
flagellum  (V),  flammeolum,  igniculus,  lapillus  (V),  lectulus, 
libellus,  ligula  (P.  10,  978),  lucellum,  muliercula,  olusculum, 
osculum  (V),  palliolum,  palmula  (V),  papilla  (V),  particulus, 
parvulus,  paullulum,  puella  (V  J),  puellula,  pugillus,  rivulus, 
sacellum  (V),  scalpellum,  servulus,  sigillum,  spiculum  (V),  stipula 
(V),  tabella,  taeniola  (t),  trulla,  ungula  (f  in  sense  used)  (V), 
vasculum  (J),  vernula  (t)  Ps.  pr.  22,  57,  versiculus,  vexillum,  vir- 
gula,  virguncula.     (55). 

2.  Adjectives. 

§120.  Adjectives  in  -alis  and -bilis.  The  development  of 
these  adjectives  belongs  more  particularly  to  post-classical  Latin 
and  is  found  chiefly  in  popular  Latin.  Prudentius  shows  a  fond- 
ness for  each  of  these  formations,  55  appearing  in  -alis  and  78  in 
-bilis.  Of  the  forms  in  -alis,  2  are  aiz.  tip,,  8  p.  Aug.,  and  3  eccl.; 
the  total  of  all  the  forms  in  -alis  in  Prud.  is  more  than  twice  as 
many  as  those  used  by  Vergil,  as  55  :  23.  Prud.  uses  15  forms 
which  had  been  already  used  by  Verg. 

List  in  -alis  :  amphitheatralis,  armentalis,  bestialis  (f),  *brac- 
tealis,  bustualis,  capitalis,  carceralis  (t)  (also  uses  carcereus), 
carnalis  (eccl.)  (he  also  uses  carneus  and  carnulentus),  coniugalis, 

*  Schmidt,  -tor  et  -trix,  Ap.  Tert.,  Erlangen,  1878,  p.  19. 

*Rassow,  De  Plauti  Substantivis,  (cf.  also  Archiv,  9  (1894),  p.  313). 

2  Slaughter,  The  Substantives  of  Terence. 


48 

corporalis  (t),  crinalis,  episcopalis,  exitialis,  fatalis,  feralis  (poet, 
andf),  flabralis,  fluvialis,  furialis,  genialis,  genitalis,  gregalis, 
hospitalis,  infernalis,  inmortalis,  intemporalis,  iugalis,  letalis, 
lustralis,  maritalis,  menstrualis,  mortalis,  mundialis  (eccl.),  muralis, 
natalis,  naturalis,  nivalis  (niveus  and  ninguidus  alsd  used),noxialis, 
oblivialis  (f),  occidualis  (t)  (also  uses  occiduus),  palpebralis, 
paricidalis,  poenalis(t),  prodigialis  (f),  regalis,  romphalis,  sensu- 
alis  (t),  sepulcralis,  socialis,  spiritalis  (eccL),  *subiugalis,  theatralis, 
triumphalis,  vestalis,  vitalis,  virginalis.     (55). 

Of  the  forms  in  -bills,  3  are  aiz,  tip,,  16  are  p.  Aug.  and  late,  5 
are  eccl.,  i  is  poetical.  While  Prud.  has  used  78  in  -bilis,  Vergil 
used  only  27,  of  which  15  were  taken  up  by  Prudentius. 

List  in  -bills  :  amabilis,  aequiparabilis,  *conlaudabilis,  conmu- 
tabilis,  conspicabilis  (eccl.),  consumabilis  (t),  contrectabilis  (Lucr. 
and  late),  convertibilis  (f),  cruciabilis,  Ps.  446  (rare),  debilis, 
demutabilis  (eccl.),  *digladiabilis,  dissociabilis,  dubitabilis,  A.  581 
(rare),  *excruciabilis,  exitiabilis,  exorabilis,  flabilis  (eccl.),  flebilis, 
flexibilis,  formabilis  (eccl.),  formidabilis,  habitabilis,  ignobilis, 
inaestimabilis,  inculpabilis  (f),  indelibilis,  indissolubilis,  indoma- 
bilis,'  inennarrabilis,  inevitabilis,  inexpugnabilis,  inexsuperabilis, 
inextricabilis,  inpassibilis  (eccl.),  inpenetrabilis,  inplacabilis,  inpos- 
sibilis(t),  A.  833,  (cf.  also  Macrob.  S.  5,  3,  16  ;  Serv.  Verg.  Eel. 
3,  107;  Don.  And.  i,  3,  6,  Schol.  to  Pers.  5,  i23),Mnsanabilis, 
insatiabilis,  insecabilis  (Hpr.  61)  (f),  instabilis,  intestabilis,  inviola- 
bilis  (poet,  and  f),  invisibilis  (f),  invitiabilis  (f),  liquabilis  (t), 
lacrimabilis,  medicabilis,  memorabilis,  mensurabilis  (f),  mirabilis, 
miserabilis,  mobilis,  mutabilis,  nobilis,  passibilis  (f),  placabilis, 
probabilis,  propitiabilis,  penetrabilis,  perflabilis,  praenobilis(t), 
remeabilis  (t),  resolubilis,  revocabilis,  solubilis,  stabilis,  suffla- 
bilis(t),  terribilis,  tolerabilis,  vegetabilis(t),  venerabilis,  venia- 
bilis(t),  violabilis,  visibilis  (t),  vitiabilis,  volubilis.     (78). 

§121.    Adjectives   (and   Participles)   as   Substantives. 

This  usage  appearing  already  in  the  pre-classical  period,  occurs 
with  greater  frequency  in  the  classical  period,  being  advanced 
by  Sallust  and  the  Augustan  poets,  but  finds  its  greatest  develop- 
ment in  late  Latin.  Prudentius,  as  Juvencus  before  him,  makes 
free  use  of  this  method  of  expression.  A  complete  catalogue 
cannot  be  given  here,  but  the  following  may  be  noted : 

^  Per.  5,  II  ;  not  cited  by  Paucker,  Kl.  Beitragezur  lat.  Lex.  u.  Wortbild., 
1872,  p.  473,  nor  p.  641,  nor  in  Materialen  zur  lat.  Wortgsch.,  p.  67. 
2  For  its  use  in  the  Vulgate,  cf.  Am.  Journ.  Phil.  15  (1894),  p.  351. 


49 

a)  Substantive- Adjectives  modified  by  Attributive  Adjectives : 
dissona  texta,  C.  10,  6;  clara  insignia,  C.  12,  65;  senex  fidelis, 
Pspr.  I ;  pessimi  principes,  Pspr.  38 ;  arcana  incondita,  P.  5,  840 ; 
pia  sacra,  Ps.  848 ;  sacra  mortua,  S.  2,  761 ;  secretum  grande,  S. 
2,  843;  mortales  inopes,  S.  2,  916;  triste  sacrum,  S.  2,  11 16; 
aspera  praecepta,  P.  9,  25  ;  tristia  visa,  P.  9,  25  ;  triste  longum,  P. 
14,  107 ;  semetra  *dissona,  Ps.  829 ;  tenerum  decorum,  Ps.  826 ; 
grande  profundum,  S.  2,  90;  nivale  profundum,  P.  12,  38; 
secunda  bona,  Ps.  727.  Prud.  makes  free  use  of  the  nom.  and 
ace.  plur.  neut.  as  Vergil  did  before  him  (Verg.  Aen.  7,  562, 
Ladewig)  ;  praesens  utile,  P.  10,  541. 

b)  Masculine  and  Feminine  Adjectives  used  substantively : 
Hier.,  according  to  Goelzer,  used  such  freely,  88  examples  being 
cited.  Prudentius  does  not  show  so  many  examples,  but  12  in 
the  singular  and  7  in  plural,  exactly  the  converse  of  Quintilian, 
who  uses  many  more  in  the  plural  than  in  the  sing.^ 

List.  Aeternus,  ferox,  inustus,  ludaeus,  iustus,  parvulus,  pro- 
fanus,  proximus,  rusticus,  sacratus,  sapiens,  supplex ;  fessi,  fideles, 
.  fortes,  muti,  perfidi,  superi ;  z-nd  participles  much  more  freely,  the 
plural  prevailing,  as :  balans,  precans ;  adcubantes,  adstantes,  audi- 
entes,  bellantes,  circumstantes,  comitantes,  credentes,  discrepantes, 
distantes,  inruentes,  languentes,  morientes,  obsequentes,  peccantes, 
pereuntes,  precantes,  revetentes,  scrutantes,  sepulti,  supplicantes, 
tuentes,  viventes,  vocitantes.  Substantivized  adjectives  are  very 
frequent  in  church  Latin.'* 

c)  Neuter  Singular:  aequum,  altum,  arcanum,  bonum,castum, 
grande,  honestum,  inane,  inmensum,  iniustum,  iussum,  iustum, 
meritum,  mirabile,  mirum,  nubilum,  peccatum,  pbpulare,  proba- 
tum,  profundum,  sacrum,  serenum,  solidum,  sublime,  superbum, 
utile,  verum. 

d)  Neuter  Plural  (omitting  common  participial  nouns,  such  as 
facta,  errata)  :  abdita,  acerba,  ardua,  aspera,  aucta,  bona,  caelestia, 
calcata,  Candida,  celsa,  condita,  confusa,  contraria,  cuncta,  declivia, 
devia,  divina,  ethica,  examina,  extima,  falsa,  fluentia,  fragosa, 
frivola,  furta,  futura,  ima,  inania,  inconcessa,  inepta,  inflata,  intel- 
lecta,  magna,  minima,  mira,  mortalia,  multa,  mundana,  nobiliora, 
occulta,  omnia,  orsa,  parta,  parva,  penetralia,  peritura,  physica, 
prona,  prospera,  proxima,  redacta,  sacra,  sancta,  scelerata,  secreta, 

^  Cf.  Hirt,  Archiv,  7,  303. 

*  Cf .  Koffmane,  Gesch.  d.  Kirchenlateins,  p.  53. 


i 


50 

suavia,  summa,  superna,  terebrosa,  terrea,  terrena,  terrestria,  tur- 
bida,  vanissima,  ventura,  vera,  vitalia,  viva. 
Note,     On  the  appositional  and  partitive  genitive  after  these 

forms  see  §§41,  45. 

§122.  Freer  Use  of  Comparative.  But  few  such  occur: 
inridet  Asclepiades  laetior,  P.  10,  921 ;  sedebat  celsior  in  solio,  P. 
II,  50;  age  ipse  maior  carnifex,  P.  5,  148;  laetior  ait,  P.  14,  68  ; 

ahius  reposta,  P.  13,  5i' 

§123.  Comparison  by  Aid  of  Adverbs.  Prudentius  some- 
times forms  the  comparative  by  using  an  adverb,  in  which  case  he 
always  uses  magis,  the  particle  used  in  Spanish  Latin,'  and  never 
plus.  Claudianus,  Bell.  Poll.  126,  uses  magis  insignis.  Sidonius 
and  St.  Augustine,  on  the  other  hand,  inclined  to  plus.  Occur- 
rences: magis  saporum,  C.  4,  94;  magis  debilem,  P.  2,  235; 
mage  cruda,  P.  13,  19;  mage  potens,  P.  3»  10;  "^^gis  utile,  H. 
710.  Cf.  also  in  Claud.  M.  Victor.  2,  157;  loh.  Cassianus,  174, 
20;  Paul.  Pell.  411.  Cf.  Verg.  Aen.  4,  31 ;  5>  725;  Hor.  S.  i,  3, 
142,  and  2,  4,  13;  Quint.  10,  i,  94- 

Note  I.  Prud.  does  not  use  magis  with  the  comparative,  a 
usage  of  Plautus  and  of  some  of  the  late  writers,  and  especially  of 
African  latinity."  Paul.  Pell,  uses  magis  with  comp.  10  times  and 
CI.  M.  Victor,  uses  it  thus  3  times.  Cf.  Commod.  C.  A.  478, 
magis  plenius;  but,  plus  levior,  C.  A.  5;  cf.  Vict.  Vit.  24,  14: 
magis  laudabilior ;  Sedul.  246,  18:  magis  amplius.' 

Note  2.  Longe  with  the  comparative  (cf.  Schmalz,  Stilistik, 
§11)  :  longe  diffusius,  S.  i,  316;  and  longe  efficacior,  P.  10,  807; 
so,  longe  tranquillior,  Juvenc.  3»6o5;  longe  periculosius,  Claud. 

Mam.  23,  I. 

Note  3.  Compounds  with  prae-  also  occur,  as,  praenobilis,  prae- 
liber,  praecalidus,  praedives,  praedulcis,  praepollens,  praesiccus. 

§124.  Adjective  for  Adverb.  Besides  the  classical  usage  of 
adjectives  expressive  of  emotion,  others  also  occur :  sumas  laetus 
Hbensque  carpas,  C.  4,  67 ;  conscendunt  celeres,  C.  5,  55  i  faciles 
rapi,  volentes  subeunt,  H.  429;  si  mendosus  agit  quid,  A.  975  ; 
altior  insurgens,  Ps.  31  ;  tuta  resistit,  Ps.  144;  saevus  inussit,  S. 
2,  671;  laetus  revertit,  P.  i,  14;  diversa  permovet,  P.  2,  387; 
haec  ludibundus  dixerat,  P.  2,  409  ;  vise  libens,  P.  13,  62  :  dimitte 
libens,  H.  937  ;  cf.  libens  fateor,  Faust.  Rei.  167,  11  ;  cf.  §128. 

1  Sittl.,  lokal.  Versch.  d.  lat.  Spr.,  p.  175. 

2Cf.  Wolfflin,  Lat.  u.  rom.  Komp.,  p.  72,  and  Sittl,  as  above,  p.  117. 

3  For  further  examples  cf.  Paucker,  Rhein.  Mus.  35,  p.  606. 


51 

3.  Pronouns  (and  Adjective  Pronouns). 

§125.  Pronoun  Omitted.  This  occurs  sometimes  with  parti- 
ciples, sometimes  with  the  infinitive.     For  the  latter,  see  §101,  C. 

§126.  Suus  +  quisque :  adsignare  deos  proprios  sua  cuique 
iura,  H.  105;  omnibus  posita  est  sua  cuique  arula,  S.  i,  236;  sua 
quemque  cogit  velle  potestas,  C.  8,  67 ;  suum  quibusque  reddito, 
P.  2,  94. 

§127.    Interchange  of  Pronouns. 

a)  nullus  for  nemo:  H.  534;  S.  2,  11 26;  C.  10, 119;  P.  5,  158; 
cf.  Plaut.  Merc.  35;  Rud.  369;  CI.  Mar.  Vict.  3,  250;  19  times  in 
Priscillian;  loh.  Cassianus,  11,  10;  Eugipp.  29,  9;  38,  20.  A 
frequent  usage  in  Script.  Hist.  August.^ 

b)  nemo  for  nullus:  nemo  opifex,  A.  519;  neminem  diem,  P. 
10,  744.  This  usage  belongs  to  the  popular  language.  Cicero 
uses  nemo  with  words  descriptive  of  persons. 

c)  ullus  =  aliquis:  quae  corporis  ullo  sinu  se  tegat,  Ps.  741. 

d)  totus  =  omnis:  totum  hominem,  Ps.  217;  totus  miles,  Ps. 
450;  P.  9,  II.  This  is  especially  frequent  in  Apul.  Met.;'  frequent 
also  in  Commodianus  and  Sedulius;  cf.  Paul.  Petr.  i,  271 ;  2,  18; 
Ennod.  14,  26;  76,  13. 

e)  ullus  occurs  after  ne  in  S.  i,  178  and  S.  2,  449;  aliquis  after 
ne:  H.  946;  cf.  Lucif.  Cal.  22,  6;  CI.  Mam.  51,  8. 

f)  quisque  1=  quisquis.  Frequent:'  C.  7,  216;  A.  22,  1060;  H. 
867  ;  Ps.  784  ;  S.  2,  497  ;  P.  10,  35 ;  129 ;  214 ;  so  also  in  Commod. 
A.  6x1,  749,  803;  Paul.  Petr.  i,  315  ;  6,  67 ;  and  once  in  Ammian. 
Marcel.;*  Min.  Fel.  13,  i  ;  Priscill.  7,  25;  Cypr.  Gall.  Ind.  237; 
Claud.  Mam.  158,  15  ;  189,  4  ;  CI.  Mar.  Vict,  i,  198  ;  and  Sid.  Ep. 
5,  17 ;  Oros.  285,  I  ;  Vict.  Vit.  3,  19. 

g)  quis=:qui,  frequent:  quis  furor,  Ps.  351 ;  quis  vultus,  P.  5, 
129;  quis  sensus,  P.  5,  421 ;  quis  error,  P.  10,  404;  quis  stupor,  P. 
10,  581 ;  quis  deus,  P.  10,  999,  etc.,  and  in  African  inscriptions,  as 
1027,  2729. 

h)  alius  quisquam :  H.  183. 

4.  Adverbs. 

§128.  Neuter  of  Adjective  in  place  of  Adverb:  pravum, 
C.  4,  98;  triste,  C.  5,  50;  suave,  C.  5,  122;  aeternum,  C.  12,  17; 

'Paucker,  Subrelict.  Lex.  Lat.,  p.  68. 

2  Wolfflin,  Rhein.  Mus.  37,  108. 

2  Neue,  Formenlehre,  2^,  p.  469,  cites  only  H.  867. 

*Petschenig,  Archiv,  6,  268. 


52 

grande,  Ps.  285;  lene,  H.  797;  indomitum,  Ps.  295  ;  formidabile, 
Ps.  295;  sublime.  P.  10, 697;  iustum,  P.  i,  15;  probatum,  P.  10,  366 ; 
sanctum,  P.  10,  366 ;  fidele,  P.  10,  428 ;  iuge,  P.  4,  143  ;  iners,  C.  6, 
36;  malignum,  P.  5,  417;  mortale,  A.  37;  sanum,  P.  10,  247; 
inpune,  C.  12,  136;  longum,  P.  10,  393;  dulce,  P.  10,  365;  molle, 
P.  10,  281 ;  and  others.     See  also  §124. 

Note,  Mage"  occurs  4  times  and  only  before  consonants  :  S.  i, 
517  ;  2,  6;  P.  3,  9;  13,  19-  It  occurs  14  times  in  Paul.  Petr.,  3 
times  in  CI.  M.  Victor.,  Ennod.  C.  i,  9,  1 19 ;  Cypr.  Gall.  In.  192 ; 

Claud.  Mam.  204,  7. 

§129.  Adverbs  in  -im.  These  occur  much  more  frequently 
in  Prud.  than  in  Juv.,  as  30 : 7  (the  latter  number  being  all  Huemer 
cites  in  his  index  to  Juv.).  Livy  showed  a  marked  preference  for 
these  forms.  Of  Prudentius'  list,  25  do  not  appear  in  Juv.  The 
complete  list  for  Prudentius  is  as  follows,  those  marked  (J)  being 
also  in  Juvencus,  those  marked  (J)  not  cited  for  Prud.  by  Funck 
in  his  list  in  Archiv,  8,  p.  98  ff:  adfatim(t),  articulatim,  carp- 
tim(t),  congregatim,  cumulatim,  cursim,  digestim,  frustatim  (Ps. 
720,  omitted  on  p.  500,  t),  furtim  (Jt),  gradatim  (t),  guttatim, 
iunctim,  membratim  (t),  minuatim  (|),  mixtim,  particulatim  (J), 
passim  (Jt),  pauUatim  (tt),  permixtim,  raptim  (Jt),  scissim,  se- 
gregatim,  sensim  (J),  sparsim,  statim  (t),  summatim  (J),  undatim, 
vicatim  (J  omitted  entirely,  cf.  p.  505),  vicissim  (Jt),  viritim  (t). 

5.  Numerals. 

§130.  Use  of  Composite  Form.  These  appear,  a)  with  dis- 
tributives as :  mense  bis  quino,  P.  10,  78  (ter  quinis,  Cypr.  Gall. 
Gen.  202) ;  sex  septena  nomina,  A.  943  ;  septem  septenis,  A.  992  ; 
quinis  diebus  octies,  C.  7,  187.  b)  With  cardinals:  bis  sex 
adpositi,  A.  739;  bis  septem,  D.  21;  tris  quater,  P.  3,  12;  ter 
quinque,  D.  93 ;  cf.  also  P.  4,  i  J  C.  7,  38  ;  P.  4»  53 ;  i73  i  Ps.  839 ;  S. 
2,  423;  462;  715;  1060. 

§131.  Distributives  for  Cardinals.  A  number  of  instances 
occur,  as:  septenos  decies  in  ortus,  A.  1004;  ternis  processibus, 
C.  7,  121 ;  cf.  trina  decennia,  Paul.  Pell.  232 ;  discipulis  duodenis, 
Ps.  850;  duodeni  fasces,  S.  2,  424;  centena  milia,  Ps.  481  ;  notice 
P.  4,  49 :  tribus  aut  duobus  forsan  et  quinis  aliquae  placebunt;  ter 
senos,  Pspr.  22. 

^  Donatus,  ad  Ad.  2,  3,  11,  says  :  mage  pro  magis  apxQiomS, 


S3 

6.  Particles. 

§132.  Use  of  Negative  Particles.  Prudentius  uses  7ion 
relatively  to  haud  much,  more  frequently  than  Juvencus,  as  248  is  to 
20  in  the  former,  to  61  to  17  in  the  latter.  He  differs  from  Juven- 
cus further  in  not  using  haud  mora  at  all ;  in  not  using  baud  veni 
or  haud  poterat ;  in  using  haud  but  twice  with  aliter  (S.  i,  638 ;  2, 
831),  with  which  he  also  uses  non  as  in  P.  3,  56.  He  uses  haud 
with  the  verbs  nocet  and  placet ;  with  dubium  est  twice ;  and  it 
occurs  most  frequently  with  some  form  of  dubius,  or  dubito.  He 
also  uses  it  with  adjectives,  as  haud  sterilem,  S.  i,  258.  Further- 
more there  is  a  striking  difference  between  the  number  of  occur- 
rences of  haud  in  Prudentius,  20,  and  the  number  used  by  Vergil, 
120  (Kennedy,  Verg.  p.  637). 

Note  I.  Non  unquam  occurs  in:  H.  165;  S.  2,  115;  106 1  ; 
P'  5»  433  J  io»  295.     Haud  unquam  :  A.  10. 

Note  2.  Nee  non  et  occurs  in  H.  222,  Ps.  559,  S.  i,  50;  P.  i, 
10;  5,  485;  14,  5;  10,  1024;  C.  4,  5;  in  all,  8  times.  I  have 
observed  this  15  times  in  Vergil,'  cf.  also :  Juv.  10,  51 ;  Clandianus, 
Rapt.  Pros,  i,  266  ;  Com.  2,  18,  6 ;  19,  13  ;  24,  14 ;  and  in  prose  : 
Cypr.  238,  14  (H.);  Eugippius,  i,  12;  4,  9;  Vict.  Vit.  7,  13; 
Ennodius,  354,  3 ;  later,  Gregory  of  Tours,  p.  344,  23  (B.).  See 
further,  Krebs,  Antib.  H',  p.  123. 

§133-    Other  Particles. 

a)  Ast  (archaic)  is  used  hy  Prud.  19  times,  while  Verg.  used  it 
16  times  (Horace  did  not  use  it  in  his  lyric  poems  or  in  his 
epistles*) ;  it  always  occurs  before  vowels ;  Prud.  uses  at  34  times 
to  Vergil's  168  times.  Ast  occurs  much  oftener,  relatively  to  at, 
in  Prud.  than  in  Verg.;  ast  before  adjectives,  Ps.  649;  S.  i,  93; 
ast  ubi,  P.  3,  26,  appearing  also  in  Verg.  and  Juv. 

b)  exin  (archaic)  occurs  6  times,  twice  in  the  second  place 
(C.  7,  126 ;  P.  2,  161) ;  Verg.  uses  it  4  times  and  always  in  first 
place  (Wotke). 

c)  Particles  of  Comparison:  haud  secus  ac  si,  H.  804;  S.  2, 
60  ;  haud  aliter  quam  si,  S.  i,  638  ;  non  aliter  quam  cum,  H.  208. 

d)  ob  occurs  in  C.  3,  184;  H.  321;  S.  i,  444;  2,  489;  P.  10, 
76;  197  ;  13,  88  ;  propter  but  2  times  :  Ps.  858  ;  S.  i,  419. 

*  Kubler.  Archiv,  8  (1892),  p.  181,  cites  only  8  examples ;  to  his  list  add 
Geo.  2,  452  ;  3,  72  ;  Aen.  3,  352  ;  4»  39  J  S»  100  J  6,  595  ;  8,  345  ;  and  read 
Aen.  I,  748  for  788  in  his  list. 

*Cf.  Luc.  Mueller,  De  Re  Metr.*  (1894),  p.  501. 


I 


54 

e)  ab  occurs  90  times,  and  always  before  vowels  ;  Augustine, 
on  the  other  hand,  used  it  9  times  before  consonants  (cf.  Archiv, 
3,  149) ;  abs  is  not  used. 

7.  Verbs. 

§134.  Frequentatives.  Almost  all  of  the  frequentatives  used 
by  Prudentius  are  classical,  62  out  of  63,  and  19  are  also  in  Juven- 
cus.'     One  is  aiz,  dp,  (*),  i  is  poetical,  i  poetical  and  p.  Aug. 

Frequentatives  in  Prudentius  :  advento,  advolito  (used  but  once, 
S.  2,  575),  agito,  apto,  canto,  capto,  certo,  cesso,  cito,  *concrepito, 
P.  II,  56;  coniecto,  crepito,  cursito,  despecto,  dicto,  disserto 
(dubito),'  exagito,  excito,  expecto,  exsulto,  fluito,  gesto,  habito, 
iacto,  incanto.  incito,  inperito,  inserto,  insulto,  involito,  lapso, 
latito,  minitor,  moto,  nato,  obiecto,  occulto,  ostento,  palpito, 
pavito,  penso,  pervolito  (poet.),  pulso,  quasso,  rapto,  recepto, 
respecto,  resuho,  (poet,  and  p.  A.),  retento,  sector,  specto,  sub- 
iecto,  suppedito,  suspecto,  sustento,  territo,  tracto,  vecto,  vendito, 
verso,  victito,  vocito,  volito. 

in.— PROSODICAL  AND  METRICAL. 

I.  In  General;  the  Hexameter. 

The  general  rules  of  versification  are,  for  the  most  part,  adhered 
to  very  closely.  Violations  of  prosody  occur,  chiefly  in  the  direc- 
tion of  quantities,  but  not  with  such  frequency  as  in  the  verses  of 
some  of  the  writers  of  his  own  age,  or  of  the  age  immediately 
preceding  him.     Much  careful  work  has  been  done  in  this  field 

by  Krenkel.' 

§135.  Hiatus  is  admitted  much  less  frequently  than  by  Vergil 
himself,  and  that  too  in  a  century  characterized  by  a  somewhat 
lax  treatment  of  hiatus  (cf.  Teuffel,  Rom.  Lit.  §403,  2). 

These  cases  may  be  cited  ; 

i)  radice  lesse  editus,  C.  12,  50. 

2)  aram  ante  ipsam  simplices,  C.  12,  131. 

3)  hunc  posteri  Efrem  colunt,  C.  12,  189. 

4)  vade  homo  adflatu  nostri  praenobilis  oris,  H.  698. 

»  Compare  Hatfield's  list,  p.  34. 

2  Dubito  :  not  regarded  as  a  freq.  by  Georges  and  Stowasser  ;  but  cf. 
Lindsay,  Latin  Language,  1894,  p.  482. 

3  Krenkel,  De  Aurelii  Prudentii  dementis  Re  Metrica  (1884). 


55 

5)  Tene,  o  vexatrix  hominum,  potuisse  resumptis,  Ps.  58  (or 
Teneb  |  vexa  |  etc.  ?) 

6)  dum  tribuit,  nosmet  dona  ad  caelestia  vexit,  Ps.  86. 

7)  induerat  thoraca  humeris  squamosaque  ferri,  Ps.  126. 

8)  occupat  interitu:  neque  est  violentius  ullum,  Ps.  494. 

9)  praeceptor  Belia  mihi,  domo  et  plaga  mundus,  Ps.  714. 

10)  muneris  auctorem  ipso  de  munere  pendas,  S.  2,  109. 

11)  spemque  in  me  omnem  statuat  nunquam  peritura,S.  2,  159. 

12)  unus  ego  elementa  rogo,  nee  mole  laboris,  S.  2,  227. 

13)  immo  ita  est,  armis  et  viribus  indiga  veri,  S.  2,  510. 

14)  pulsam  utrimque  et  ad  ossa  secat,  P.  3,  134. 

15)  ni  ilia  vis  exercita,  P.  5,  133. 

16)  spes  si  qua  tibi  est,  si  quid  intus  aestuas,  P.  9,  96. 

17)  cui  est  origo  caelum,  C.  6,  34. 

18)  his  membra  pergunt  urere  ut  igniverint,  P.  10,  1078.  Cf. 
also  H.  287 ;  P.  10,  832 ;  925,  and  Luc.  Muller,  Re  Metr.'  p.  330 
and  p.  171. 

The  unelided  vowels  of  Nos.  3,  10,  11,  12,  17,  18  are  in  the 
arsis  (ictus  syllable);  i,  2,  4,  5,  6,  8,  13,  14,  15  and  16  in  the 
thesis ;  i  and  3  are  before  proper  names,  10  before  a  caesura,  in 
all  of  which  hiatus  is  permissible  (Luc.  Muller,  Re  Metr.^  p.  375). 
There  are  7  occurrences  of  hiatus  in  Juv.,  both  Hatfield  (p.  35) 
and  Huemer  (Index)  omitting  i,  126. 

§136.  Elision  is  much  less  frequent  than  in  Vergil,  and  some- 
what more  frequent  than  in  Juvencus.  According  to  Hatfield 
there  are  232  cases  of  elision  in  the  first  500  verses  of  the  Aeneid 
and  105  cases  in  Juv.  i,  1-500.  Prudentius,  on  the  other  hand, 
has  150  in  the  first  500  verses  of  the  Psychomachia,  largely  based 
on  Vergil ;  elision  occurs  most  frequently  in  the  2nd  and  4th  feet, 
44  in  the  2nd,  41  in  the  4th;  in  5th  foot,  10  cases  occur. 

Note  I.  Elision  after  the  6th  arsis  (aphaeresis) :  I  have  noted 
38  of  these  in  the  hexameter  poems,  and  28  in  the  four  bks.  of  Juv. : 
Huemer  cites  1 1  instances  in  Sedulius,  but  has  wrong  reference 
in  one  of  them  (i,  321). 

Note  2.  Eskuche,  R.  M.  45  (1890),  p.  417,  gives  the  number 
of  cases  of  elision  of  the  3rd  form  (after  the  dactyl  of  the  5th  ft.) 
in  Prud.  as  i  in  858  lines,  instead  of  i  in  1029  lines.  Prud.  has  5 
of  this  form,  Juv.  o;  Prud.  has  about  4  times  as  many  cases  of 
elision  after  the  5th  trochee,  over  3  times  as  many  after  the  5th 
arsis,  as  Juv. 


\ 


56 

§137-    Special  Cases  of  Shortened  Syllables. 

Final  0  is  frequently  short,  both  in  verbs  and  nouns.  Krenkel 
gives  a  list  of  51  verbs  in  final  o  and  of  52  nouns  in  o.  A  few 
omissions  occur  in  his  lists  of  occurrences :  cogo,  H.  702  ;  exigo. 
H.  702;  latro,  S.  2,  791;  meditatio,  H.  91;  nemo,  P.  10.  237; 
virgo,  S.  2,  969  (but  virgo,  S.  2,  1090) ;  Juno,  S.  2,  497 ;  also  m 
adverbs:  ergo,  S.  2,  882;  porro,  H.  22,  147;  postremo,  P.  10, 
968.  Also  duo  frequently,  H.  4,  11,  21,  68,  etc.:  notice  duo,  H. 
II,  and  2  lines  below  duo;  H.  350  contains  duo  twice;  ergo,  S. 
2,204;  220;  750.  Ofointheablative  sing,  of  the  gerund,  Krenkel 
cites  18  examples;  Huemer  (Index)  cites  7  examples  in  Juv. 

Cui  appears  7  times  as  cui  (A.  173 ;  P.  4,  4,  etc.)  ;  once  as  cui, 
S.  2, 114;  once  as  cui,  C.  3.  167  (CI.  Mar.  Vict,  i,  457.  c^^  5  2,  158, 
and  3,  320,  cui ;  cf.  Orient.  Carm.  3,  3,  cui;  Ennod.  130,  iS^cut)  ; 
and  frequently  as  a  monosyllable.  Martial  also  used  it  as  a  dissyll. 
Cf.  further  Luc.  Muller,  De  Re  Metr.'^  p.  318. 

§138.  Treatment  of  Genitive  Forms  in  -ius :  iHius  occurs 
3  times,  A.  534;  S.  2,  669;  P.  i,  85  ;  this  is  the  Horatian  usage, 
iUius  occurring  only  in  S.  i,  10,  57.  Occurs  also  in  Paul.  Petr.  4, 
367  ;  and  ipsius,  3,  285. 

§139.  Spondaic  Verses.  29,  possibly  30,  such  verses  occur : 
A.  266,  285,  817,  864,  932,  1038;  H.  76,  103,  i44«  222,  266,  390, 

422, 622, 713. 722. 859;  Ps.98, 594 ;  s.  1, 43;  III ;  189 ;  468 ;  603^ 

2,  267 ;  364 ;  566 ;  856  ;  919  ;  and  possibly  H.  450,  which  ends  with 
d'eflens  leremias  ;  but  more  probably,  dactylic.  (A  dactyl  occurs 
in  every  case  in  the  fourth  foot  except  in  H.  450.)  But  three  such 
verses  occurred  in  Juv. 

§140.    Characteristics  of  Prudentius'  Verse,  and  Table. 

The  verse  of  Prudentius  is  noticeable  for  its  lightness,  in  direct 
contrast  to  that  of  Juvencus,  which  was  remarkable  for  its  heavi- 
ness. In  this  respect  Prudentius  comes  next  to  Val.  Flaccus  and 
Ovid,  the  first  two  in  lightness  of  verse  of  the  15  poets  selected  by 
Drobisch  (Ein  statistischer  Versuch  uber  die  Formen  des  latein- 
ischen  Hexameters),  his  verse  being  about  5  per  cent,  heavier 
than  that  of  Ovid  and  over  10  per  cent.Hghter  than  that  of  Juven- 
cus and  about  5  per  cent,  lighter  than  that  of  Vergil  (45  per  cent.) 
Prudentius'  proportion  is : 

d  :  s  : :  50.66:  49.34,  that  is,  the  dactyls  and  spondees  are  almost 

evenly  balanced. 

Like  Vergil  and  Juvencus,  he  indicates  the  character  of  the 
verse  by  beginning  more  often  with  a  dactyl  than  with  a  spondee. 


57 


\ 


He  has  in  the  first  foot  62.29  per  cent,  of  dactyls  to  37.71  percent, 
of  spondees.  He  thus  begins  with  a  dactylic  movement  almost  3 
per  cent,  more  frequently  than  Vergil,  and  about  7  per  cent,  more 
frequently  than  Juvencus.  Considering  the  movement  of  the  verse 
as  a  whole,  it  may  be  noticed :  i)  the  frequent  repetition  of  the 
same  movement  in  a  following  line,  as  ddss  Ps.  424,  5 ;  ddds  Ps. 
383, 4  ;  485, 6 ;  dddd  S.  i ,  370,  i ;  etc.,  or  3  lines  of  same  movement, 
as  dsds  343f ;  ddss  Ps.  356f ;  or  4  lines,  as,  S.  2,  776f ;  H.  703f ;  he 
has  5  groups  of  these  3-line  movements,  278f,  529f,  572f,  9i7f,  956f. 

2)  For  variety  a  converse  movement  in  the  following  line  is 
very  frequent,  as  dddd  in  S.  2,  815,  and  ssss  in  816;  dsss  in  one 
line,  sssd  in  foil,  in  H.  87,  125,  177,  262;  S.  i,  526;  or  dsss  and 
sddd  in  Ps.  182,  273. 

3)  In  the  first  436  lines  of  Ham.  ssss  does  not  occur,  and  up  to 
the  603  line  only  twice,  437,  457.  But  considering  in  detail  the 
metrical  composition  of  every  verse  of  his  four  great  hexametrical 
poems,  we  find  the  dactyls  and  spondees  arranged  in  the  following 

schemes : 

Table. 


Book. 

SSSS 

SSSD 

SSDD 

SSDS 

SDSS 

SDSD 

SDDS 

SDDD 

FTam.  ......■•..«•• 

9 

19 

19 
18 

13 

20 

8 

20 

23 

22 

33 

44 
68 

33 
72 

lOl 
103 

52 
107 

34 
46 

43 
68 

72 

37 
60 

91 

40 

Psych. .•*.•• 

30 

Sym.  I 

24 

Sym.  II 

37 

Totals 

6s 

61 

95 

217 

363 

191 

260 

131 

Per  cent 

1.77 

1.66 

2.59 

5.91 

9.89 

5-20 

7.08 

3-57 

Book. 

DDDD 

DDDS 

DDSS 

DDSD 

DSDD 

DSDS 

DSSD 

DSSS 

Ham 

39 
21 

45 

84 
73 
54 
86 

102 

"5 

64 

112 

77 

56 

40 

68 

52 
52 
42 

71 

121 
90 
81 

142 

70 

5' 
50 
76 

83 

Psvch-  .........•«• 

92 

Svm.  I  ...........> 

49 

Sym.  II 

86 

Totals 

146 

297 

393 

241 
6.S7 

217 

434 

247 

310 

Per  cent 

3.98 

8.09 

10.71 

5.91      11.83 

6.73 

8.45 

Tot 

al  of  verses  examine 

d,  3668 

SB 


59 


Notice:  a)  ssss,  with  a  high  average  in  Juv.,  9.78,  has  the 
remarkably  low  average  of  1.77  ;  in  the  Aen.  it  =  7.20;'  Ovid  and 
Claudian  alone  of  the  15  poets  have  averages  lower  than  this,  and 
the  lowest  average  of  any  one  book  of  the  Aeneid  is  5.4  (Bk.  10). 

b)  The  scheme  dsds  reaches  an  average  of  11.83,  while  that  of 
Juvencus  was  9.25.  But  5  books  of  the  Aeneid  have  higher  aver- 
age than  this  (III,  IX,  X,  XI  and  XII),  while  the  lowest  average 
is  9.16  (Bk.  V).  The  average  of  the  15  poets  is  that  of  Pruden- 
tius,  1 1.8. 

c)  Another  contrast  between  the  two  poets  comes  out  in  the  fact 
that,  while  dddd  is  the  lowest  scheme  in  Juvencus,  ssss  is  within 
■^  of  being  the  lowest  in  Prudentius. 

d)  Comparison  of  the  four  favorite  schemes : 


Prud. 

Per 
Cent. 

Juv. 

Per 
Cent. 

Verg. 

Per 
Cent. 

15  Poets. 

Per 
Cent. 

ISt 

2nd  . ... . 

ai'd 

4th 

DSDS 
DDSS 
SDSS 
DSSS 

11.83 

10.71 

9.89 

8.45 

DSSS 
DDSS 
SDSS 

SSSS 

16.08 

12.40 

10.87 

978 

DSSS 
DDSS 
DSDS 
SDSS 

14.29 

II. 71 

11.05 

9.58 

DSSS 
DSDS 
DDSS 
SDSS 

15- 
II. 8 

II. 

10. 

Notes,  (i)  The  favorite  scheme  of  Prudentius  is  dsds,  the  5th 
in  order  with  Juvencus,  the  2nd  with  the  15  poets, 

2)  ddss  is  the  2nd  in  order  both  with  Prud.,  Juv.,  and  Verg., 
and  is  the  3rd  with  the  15  poets. 

3)  The  2nd  and  3rd  forms  of  Prud.  are  the  same  as  the  2nd  and 
3rd  of  Juv. 

4)  The  four  favorite  schemes  of  Prud.  are  the  same  as  the  four 
favorite  schemes  of  Verg.  and  of  the  15  poets,  but  the  fourth 
scheme  of  Juv.  is  15th  with  Prud. 

§141.  Accent  in  its  Relation  to  the  Ictus.  In  the  third 
and  fourth  centuries  accent  began  more  and  more  to  assert  its 
claims,  and  the  number  of  verses  constructed  according  to  accent, 
not  quantity,  more  and  more  to  increase.''  In  the  fourth  century 
minute  attention  was  given  by  the  grammarians  to  the  differences 
between  the  quantitative  verse  and  the  accented  verse.  Mar. 
Victorinus  (G.  L.  6,  206)  asks:  ** rythmus  quid  est?"    And  in  the 

^  From  statistics  made  by  the  Latin  Seminary  of  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1887. 

2Cf.  Stolz,  Hist.  Gram.  d.  Lat.  Spr.  (1894),  I,  §38,  2. 


\ 


preceding  century,  Commodianus,  a  writer  of  whom  Prudentius 
made  some  use,  wrote  hexameters  in  which  the  word-accent 
counts  for  more  than  the  metrical  value  of  the  syllables.  In 
order  to  ascertain  what  influence  accent  had  upon  the  verse- 
structure  of  Prudentius,  the  first  500  lines  of  the  Psychomachia 
were  examined,  and  the  conflicts  of  word-accent  and  verse- 
accent  noted.  A  similar  number  of  lines  were  also  examined 
from  Juv.,  Bk.  I,  and  from  Vergil,  Aen.  I.     The  results  are  : 

i)  Verses  with  no  conflict  of  accent,  i.  e.  verses  which  can  be 
read  with  regard  to  accent  merely:'  Prud.  has  2,  Juv.  has  i,  and 

Vergil  has  6. 

2)  Verses  with  but  one  conflict :  Prud.  has  50,  Juv.  has  49  and 
Vergil  82.  But  in  a  large  proportion  of  the  cases  this  one  conflict 
is  in  the  3rd  foot,  due  to  the  occurrence  of  the  caesura.  This 
ought  hardly  then  be  counted ;  (Prud.  has  48  verses  with  the 
one  conflict  at  this  foot,  Juv.  has  40,  and  Vergil  has  59) ;  accord- 
ingly Prud.  would  have  50,  Juv.  41,  and  Verg.  65  verses  with  no 
conflict  of  accent. 

A  marked  difference  is  seen  between  Prud.  and  Vergil,  and 
that  is,  that  Prud.  has  but  2  verses  in  which  the  conflict  is  not  in 
the  3rd  foot,  while  Vergil  has  23  such  verses  ;  Juv.  too  has  but  9, 
and  therefore  as  many  verses  with  no  conflict  as  verses  with  one. 

§142.    Table  showing  number  of  Coincidences  of  Ictus 

and  Accent,  also  showing  number  of  feet  composed  of  one  or 
two  words : 


I. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

V. 

VI. 

Totals. 

Har. 

Wds. 

Har. 

Wds. 

Har. 

Wds. 

Har. 

.Wds. 

Har. 

Wds. 

Har. 

Wds. 

Harmony. 

Prud. 

391 

162 

204 

2 

90 

I 

270 

46 

498 

184 

499 

280 

1952  or 

65  07  %. 

Juv... 

358 

175 

152 

I 

47 

2 

188 

32 

497 

168 

500 

277 

1742  or 
58.07  %. 

Verg. 

363 

143 

201 

2 

124 

I 

188 

23 

496 

179 

496 

285 

1868  or 
62.27  5^. 

{ 


Har.  zz  coincidence  of  ictus  and  accent. 
Wds.  1=  feet  consisting  of  1  or  2  words. 


'In  this  investigation  secondary  accent  (Stolz,  Hist.  Gram.  I,  §89)  is 
taken  into  consideration,  and  it  should  be  remembered  that  all  statements 
refer  to  the  entire  verse,  and  not  merely  to  the  first  4  feet. 


6o 

Notes,  (i)  Prudentius  gives  slightly  more  attention  to  accent 
than  does  Vergil,  and  considerably  more  than  does  Juvencus. 

(2)  Prudentius' verse  exhibits  many  more  instances  of  harmony 
of  ictus  and  accent,  both  in  the  opening  measures  and  in  the  close, 
than  does  either  Juvencus  or  Vergil,  and  the  difference  is  very 
striking  in  the  4th  foot,  there  being  over  80  more  cases  of 
harmony  there  than  in  the  same  foot  in  the  verse  of  either  Juv.  or 
Verg.,  which  practically  amounts  to  saying  that  there  are  over  80 
verses  more  in  Prudentius  with  the  close  of  the  verse  capable  of 
being  scanned  merely  with  regard  to  the  accent. 

(3)  The  larger  number  of  instances  of  harmony  in  the  4th  foot 
in  Prud.  is  very  largely  caused  by  that  foot  being  so  frequently 
composed  of  a  word  or  2  words  ;  this  occurs  over  twice  as  often 
as  in  Verg.  and  14  times  more  than  in  Juv.  This  involves  also 
the  relative  frequency  of  the  occurrence  of  the  bucolic  diaeresis. 

(4)  With  these  three  poets  the  2nd  and  3rd  feet  each  are  very 
rarely  composed  of  i  or  2  words,  but  5  in  the  2nd  foot,  4  in 
the  3rd. 

(5)  The  verses  of  Prud.  and  of  Juv.  run  along  with  less  smooth- 
ness, and  the  lines  have  less  of  unity  and  energy,  than  the  verses 
of  Vergil,  there  being  fewer  caesurae  in  them  than  in  those  of 
Vergil. 

(6)  In  Juvencus,  i,  352,  occurs  a  verse  with  diaeresis  at  each 
foot :  nunc  sine,  nam  decet  hoc,  sic  sancta  per  omnia  nobis ;  this 
is  very  rare. 

(7)  Noteworthy:  Prud.  Ps.  135  f.  has  3  lines  with  but  one  con- 
flict of  accent;  i5of.  has  five  such  lines  in  succession. 

2.  Other  Metres. 

§143.  The  Iambic  Trimeter.  In  Prudentius  the  rythmical 
flow  again  approaches  the  canons  of  the  Greek  trimeter.  A  large 
per  cent  of  the  odd  feet  are  spondees,  notably  in  the  5th  foot. 
Most  of  the  feet  are  thus  iambi  or  spondees ;  the  other  varieties 
are  sparingly  used.  In  all  1519  iambic  trimeters  occur,  of  which 
1360  are  grouped  in  strophes  of  5  verses  each;  28  occur  in 
couplets  alternating  with  the  dimeter;  the  remainder,  131,  occur 

xara  (Tti^ov, 

In  these  15 19  trimeters  : 

(i)  The  flfat:/)// occurs  only  in  P.  10;  in  the  ist  foot  6  times, 
31,  651,  788,791,841,  1004;  in  the  2nd  foot  o  times  (cf.  301,  968); 
in  the  3rd  foot  8  times,  259,  644,  669,  896,  948,  952,  963,  981 ;  in 
the  4th  foot  o  times ;  in  the  5th  foot  once,  667. 


61 

(2)  The  anapest  occurs  96  times  in  ist  foot  (89  in  P.  10,  7  in 
C.  7) ;  in  2nd,  3rd  and  4th  feet  o  times ;  in  5th,  41  (38'  being  in 
P.  loj  ;  in  Horace  only  5  times. 

(3)  The  tribrach  occurs  in  ist  foot  once,  P.  10,  675 ;  2nd  foot 
II  times,  Apr.  39;  P.  10,  301  (ignosco),  333,  703,  753.  758,  771, 
784,  876,  968  (postremo),  iioi ;  in  3rd,  4  times,  P.  10,  587,  764, 
856,  978;  in  the  4th,  13  times,  P.  10,  109,  193,  237  (nemo),  346, 
416,  481,  550,  592,  641,  713,  767,  837,  978;  in  5th,  o  times. 

(4)  Proceleusmaticus  does  not  occur. 

(5)  But  0TiQp7ire  iambic  line  was  noted,  P.  10,  156. 

Note,  Notice  P.  10,  788,  amator  is  the  reading  of  the  Mss. 
Wbmq;  animator  pronounced  anmator?  Cf.  Romance  deriva- 
tives, 

(6)  Close  of  Verse.     Noteworthy  are : 

(i)  Contrary  to  usage  of  Plautus  (Luchs)  he  has  a  final  iambus 
preceded  by  a  Cretic  word  :  P.  10,  71 J  I55  ;  292 ;  by  a  word  end- 
ing in  a  Cretic  :  P.  10,  706. 

(2)  Two  iambic  words  at  end,  12  occur:  C.  7,  46;  171;  195; 
Hpr.  I,  7,  23,  60;  P.  10,452;  484;  499;  780;  943-  Also  with 
elision  in  the  5th  foot,  P.  10,  736 ;  854. 

(3)  With  3  iambi  at  end  :  P.  10,  175  ;  498;  706;  802 ;  938 ;  957; 

(4)  With  monosyllable  at  end,  6:  C.  7,  59;  Pspr.  59;  P.  10, 
506 ;  927  ;  1006  ;  11 19,  all  parts  of  the  verb  esse. 

(5)  Other  forms :  Cretic  word,  94  times ;  4  syllables,  73 ;  5  sylla- 
bles, 21 ;  6  syllables,  2.     P.  10,  109  ends  with  ^^^  \  ^  —  |  ^-. 

§144.  Sapphic  Metre.  Prudentius  has  written  280  verses  in 
this  metre.  A  comparison  was  made  between  his  usage  and  that 
of  Horace  in  an  equal  number  of  verses  (C.  Sec. ;  Bk.  IV,  2,  6, 
II  and  III,  27  (1-64).     The  following  are  the  results  : 

a)  Caesura:  difference  in  usage  quite  marked :  Prud.  has  the 
penthemimeral  in  every  case,  Horace  has  the  trochaic  52  times. 

b)  Elision  at  the  caesura :     Prud.  has  i  (P.  4,  62) ;  Hor.  3  (3, 

27,  10;  39;  C.  S.  26). 

c)  Elision  between  3rd  verse  and  adonic :  Prud.  has  o ;  Hor. 
has  2  (4,  2,  23 ;  C.  S.  47),  -que  each  time. 

d)  Hiatus  before  the  adonic :     Prud.  i  (P.  4,  27)  -um ;  Hor. 

none. 

e)  Hiatus  between  the  other  verses  :  Bet.  ist  and  2nd,  Prud.= 
10,  Hor.  =  I ;  bet.  2nd  and  3rd,  Prud.  =  4,  Hor.=:  i.     Prud.  has 

»  Luc.  Mueller,  De  Re  Metr.«  (1894),  p.  166,  says  only  34  times. 


•  s 


L 


62 

hiatus  after  -uni  5  times,  a  3  times,  e  2  times,  o  2  times,  i  i  time, 
and  ae  i  time ;  Hor.  after  -em,  and  after  -urn. 

f)  Elision  between  the  other  verses :     Prud.  o ;  Horace  i  (4,  2, 
22)  -que,  between  2nd  and  3rd. 

g)  Elision  within  the  verse  (omitting  aphaeresis). 

xstft.  2nd.  3rd.  4th.  5th.         Adonic.  Total. 

Prud.  231^^^" 

Hor.  I  3  3  5  4  o  17 

Notc—Ux^.  Mueller,  Re  Metr.%  p.  357  does  not  cite  P.  4,  125. 

h)  spondee  in  2nd  foot.    Both  Prud.  and  Horace  have  this. 
J)    Vocalic  ending  of  verse  (Quint.  9,  4>  93).     Difference  quite 
marked:     Prud.,  vowel  long  =  89, short  121 ;  Hor.,vowellong  — 

128,  short  82.  J   J  1       ' 

j)  Monosyllabic  ending :  Prud.  has  2,  but  each  is  preceded  by 
a  monosyllable  ;  Hor.  has  4,  but  2  are  preceded  by  a  monosylla- 
ble, 2  by  a  dissyllable.  Horace  has  in  all  only  three  cases  of  this 
last  kind.    (Luc.  Mueller,  Re  Metr.^  p.  263.) 

k)  Forms  of  the  adonic.  This  clausula  appears  in  Prud.  and 
in  Hor.  together  in  8  different  forms :  (i)  munere  donat:  Prud. 
24,  Hor.  41  times;  (2)  lege  coerces:  Prud.  28,  Hor.  18  times; 
(3)  pallor  in  ore :  Prud.  3,  Hor.  5  times ;  (4)  in  mea  vota  :  Prud.  4, 
Hor. 4  times;  (5)  quos  veneramur:  Prud.  2,  Hor.  i  time;  (6)  fons 
et  honoris :  Prud.  i ,  Hor .  o  time ;  (7)  est  hederae  vis :  Prud.  o,  Hor. 
I  time ;  (8)  Christicolarum  :  Prud.  8,  Hor.  i  time ;  (cf.  Prud.  C.  8, 
80  ;  P.  4,  76 ;  5o  ;  1 1 2 ;  ij^  ;  Ij6  ;  188 ;  192 ;  of  these,  4  are  proper 

names.) 

1)  Two  strophes  connected :  Prud.  connects  strophes  without 
a  full  pause  in  the  sense,  6  times ;  Horace  6  times  as  often,  36. 

It  will  be  noticed  then  in  the  above  that  Prudentius  differs  most 
widely  from  Horace  in  his  treatment  of  the  caesura;  in  allowing 
hiatus  between  the  Sapphic  verses ;  in  following  almost  exactly 
the  reverse  of  Horace's  practice  in  his  treatment  of  the  close  of  the 
verse,  in  employing  elision  less  freely  within  the  Sapphic  verses 
and  using  aphaeresis  3  times  in  the  adonic,  that  his  2  favorite 
forms  of  clausula  are  the  same  as  those  of  Horace,  though  Horace 
uses  Form  i  almost  twice  as  often  as  Prud.,  and  that  he  differs 
from  him  quite  markedly  in  using  one  word  only  in  this  foot. 

§145.    Alcaicus  Hendecasyllabus.    This  occurs  only  xara. 

aTi-iov,  P.  XIV,  133  lines.     An  equal  number  of  verses  in  Horace 
were  also  examined  (Bk.  IV,  Carm.  4,  9,  H.  ^5;  "I,  29,  1-27). 


63 

Prudentius  follows  Horace  closely  in  introducing  the  verse  with  a 
long  syllable,  in  using  a  spondee  invariably  in  the  2nd  foot,  and 
in  using  a  caesura  after  the  second  foot.  The  first  foot,  it  may  be 
noted,  is  always  a  trochee  (but  cf.  27,  69,  81,  124).  The  follow- 
ing variations,  however,  may  be  noted : 

a)  Elision, 

ist.  and.        3rd.         4th.         5th.  At  the  caesura.  Total. 

Prud.      18        o        4        4        o        aphaer.=:4        26 
Hor.        60502  "=213 

Prud.  elides  i  3  times,  Hor.  elides  it  o  times ;  o,  3  times  to  Hor. 
once ;  Prud.  also  elides  ae  once  and  u  twice. 

b)  Hiatus  between  the  verses.  Here  the  difference  is  quite 
marked,  though  of  course  only  the  first  two  lines  of  the  strophe 
could  be  examined  in  Horace.  11  cases  occur  in  Prud.,  o  in 
Hor.;  after  ae  twice,  a  4  times,  um  2  times,  o,  i,  and  u,  each  once. 

c)  Caesttra :  Prudentius  invariably  after  the  2nd  foot ;  Horace 
shows  3,  (3,  29,  17 ;  4,  9»  21 ;  4,  14,  i7)- 

d)  Monosyllable  at  end,  or  before  caesura.  Of  the  former,  i 
case  in  Prud.  (24);  of  the  latter,  i  case  in  Horace  (4,  4,  73). 

e)  End  of  verse.  Here  there  is  quite  a  difference :  while  in 
Horace  the  final  syllable  is  about  as  often  long  as  short  (68 :  65), 
in  Prud.  the  short  syllables  are  more  than  twice  as  often  used  as 
the  long  (91 :42). 

IV.— ALLITERATION. 

§146.  Classes  of  alliteration.  One  of  the  marked  charac- 
teristics of  Prudentius*  style  is  his  fondness  for  alliteration. 
♦  Whether  it  was  because  he  liked  the  effect  thereby  produced,  or 
because  he  thought  that  this  would  make  it  more  clear  just  what 
words  were  to  be  grouped  together,  or  both,  at  any  rate  we  find 
it  frequently  existing  between  noun  and  adjective,  especially 
when  separated  some  distance  from  each  other.  Other  construc- 
tions are  thus  joined  together,  as  noun  and  dependent  genitive, 
verb  and  ablative  of  means,  but  it  is  most  frequent  between  adjec- 
tive and  noun.  Alliteration  assumes  a  prominent  part  in  other 
Christian  writers,  as  in  Commodianus,  Paulinus  Pell,  and  CI.  M. 
Victor;  so  also  in  Ausonius;  Kantecki  (p.  80)  had  treated  this 
subject,  though  he  omits  some  of  the  most  remarkable  examples. 
Krenkel  (p.  46)  adds  to  his  lists  the  occurrences  of  this  figure  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.     But  the  occurrences  are  much  more 


\ 


\ 


t 


M 


64 

frequent  than  one  would  judge  from  their  lists,  and  it  is  believed 
that  the  examples  given  below  added  to  the  lists  of  Krenkel  and 
Kantecki  will  show  how  frequent  is  this  figure  in  Prudentius. 
Employing  Wolfflin's  classification,'  I  find  that  alliteration  appears 
in  the  following  forms : 

a)  Between  two  nouns:  pelagique  polique,  H.  192;  nebu- 
lique  et  nube,  A.  1014;  flatibus  vel  fidibus,  C.  3,  82;  vultuque  et 
voci,  Ps.  196  (cf.  visuque  et  voce,  Juv.  2,  605);  ferroque  flam- 
maque,  Ps.  754 ;  generi  gentique,  S.  i,  35 ;  ruris  reditu  et  ratione, 
S.  2,  IC05.     But  2  occurrences  in  Juv.  (H.). 

b)  Between  two  adjectives :  laxus  et  liber,  C.  8,  65 ;  exul  et 
errans,  C.  10,  168. 

c)  Between  two  verbs:  rapiuntque  ruuntque,  H.  237  (cf.  Aen.  4, 
581);  canunt  calcant  et,  C.  5,  124;  fundavit  et  fixit,  C.  12,  179; 
conpremit  et  cogit,  A.  142;  condidit  et  coegit,  H.  117;  piget, 
pudescit,  paenitet,  C.  2,  26,  cf.  Praef.  1 1 ;  dissipat  ac  donat,  Ps. 
603,  vulnerat  et  vibrat,  Ps.  696 ;  mansuescit  et  mitigat,  mergam, 
P-  5»  435;  also,  P.  10,  580;  1038  ;  11,  136;  12,  59. 

1.  Alliteration  between  words  having  some  gram- 
matical connection. 

a)  Between  noun  and  adjective ^  very  common  :  gelida  gran- 
dine,  C.  5,  98 ;  plena  paena,  P.  4,  135  ;  lunarique  lampade,  C.  5,  6; 
fons  fluens,  C.  4,  10;  vipereis  venenis,  P.  13,  57;  foedere  falso, 
H.  426;  also,  H.  690,  759;  P.  6,  156 :  C.  3,  148;  5,  8;  42;  etc. 

b)  Between  a  verb  and  its  object:  flecte  faciem,  C.  3,  7 ;  cur- 
vare  caput,  C.  4,  41 ;  tribuit  tribunal,  C.  6,  98;  setasque  sumit, 
C.  7, 152;  saecula  sensit,  S.  2,  641 ;  cineresque  consecravit,  P.  13, 
98;  etc. 

c)  Between  a  verb  and  its  subject :  non  natus  nuntiat,  A.  591, 
mens  maneret,  C.  i,  59 ;  facies  fingit,  C.  6,  38;  pietas  probaret, 
H.  627;  caper  caeditur,  S.  i,  129;  fuligo  fuscat,  P.  10,  11 17;  etc. 

d)  Between  a  verb  and  modifying  adverb :  dulce  delectat 
Deum,  P.  10,  365 ;  cursant  congregatim,  P.  7,  143 ;  perpessi 
plerumque,  S.  2,  957  ;  secat  salubriter,  P.  10,  502 ;  formidabile 
fervet,  Ps.  296 ;  sanum  sapis,  P.  10,  24  (cf.  sane  sapis,  Plaut.  Amph. 
449),  etc. 

2.  A  recurrence  of  similar  sounds :  suffundere  fumo,  Ps. 
45;  arce  cerebri,  H.  312  (cacophony)  ;  placabilis  inplet,  Ps.  636; 
ore  et  pectore,  P.  5,  562 ;  amore  et  ore,  P.  13,  3;  fluit  ac  diluit,  P. 
8,  5,  etc. 

*  Die  Allitterierenden  Verbindungen  d.  lat.  Spr.,  Munich,  1881. 


65 

3.  Alliteration  between  three  or  more  words:     conum 

Caesus  capita  et  sinuamine  subter  subductus  conchae  in  speciem, 
Ps.  871,  2;  supplicare  stipiti,  verris  cruore,  scripta  saxa  spargere, 
P.  10,  381,  2;  fraude  floret  fertile  fecunda  fundens,  Hpr.  53,  4. 
Kantecki  omits  a  number  of  such  occurrences  as,  tunc  tibi  non 
terris  tantum,  S.  2,  65;  milia  multa  prius  peragit  quam  plaga 
pandat  polum,  P.  3,  62,  3  ;  revertenti  reparata  in  membra  redibit, 
A.  1073 ;  paucosque  non  piorum  patitur  perire,  C.  6,  95;  also  C. 
7,  80;  128;  146;  216;  9,  60;  10,  169;  12,  42;  A.  706;  H.  720;  Ps. 
280,  549;  S.  I,  454  (4v'sJ;  S.  1,490;  2,  224;  637;  888;  951  ; 
1005;  P.  3.  116(6  fs);  P.  4,  123;  i47;6,i4o;  10,  540;  loii ;  P. 
II,  76;  and  others. 

v.— ASYNDETON. 

§147-  Classes  of  Asyndeton.  Another  characteristic  feature 
of  Prudentius'  style  appears  in  his  fondness  for  asyndeton,  not 
only  in  groups  of  two  or  three  words,  but  also  in  whole  verses  and 
series  of  verses.  In  H.  545,  Ps.  448,  464,  2  such  verses  occur;  in 
H.  395.  3  verses,  and  in  P.  10,  328,  7  verses  occur,  all  without 
connective  particles.  He  uses  in  all  46  such  verses,  of  these  9  are 
in  the  hexameter  poems.  Juvencus  and  Vergil  were  examined  to 
see  if  any  such  asyndetic  verses  occurred  in  them.  They  seem  to 
have  avoided  using  such  entirely.  Horace,  it  was  found,  had  but 
2  (A.  P.  121,  and  Ep.  2,  2,  180).  The  following  classes  may  be 
cited : 

a).  Copulative  Asyndeton. 

I.  Single  Words. 

(i;  Asyndeton  enumerativum.  a)  With  nouns:  C.  i,  42;  93; 
94;  2,  39;  40;  3.  12;  18;  198;  199;  H.  395,  396,  397,  761;  Pspr. 
30,  31,  448,  449,  464,  465 ;  P.  5,  328  ;  6,  149 ;  10,  627 ;  P.  14,  106 ; 
H.  349,  358.  b)  With  verbs  :  C.  i,  87 ;  2,  26 ;  4,  82  ;  83  ;  A.  804 ; 
P.  5,  131;  10,  508;  509;  P.  13,  loi.  c)  With  adjectives:  H. 
545,  546;  P.  3,  210;  5,  72;  80;  159;  259;  467;  P.  6,  35;  10,  33; 
347;  1 128;  epil.  2. 

II.  Clauses,  a)  Imperatives,  see  §92,  a.  b)  Other  cases: 
horrent  facies,  ambitio  jtumet,  doctrina  superbit,  personat  elo- 
quium,  fraus  nectit,  H.  398,  9 ;  vegetat  praecordia,  frigida  suc- 
cendat,  riget  arida,  dura  relaxet,  S.  2,  383;  also  C.  9,  28 ;  Ps.  493 ; 
S.  I,  256;  2,  389;  and  many  others. 


66 


67 


b)  Explicative  Asyndeton. 

Very  common :  quae  ceu  dormientes  egimus :  vigilemus,  hie 
est  Veritas,  C.  i,  93;  laudate  omnes  inbecilli  ac  mortui:  iam  nemo 
posthac  mortuus,  C.  12,  205;  non  desunt  exempla  meae  virtutis 
in  ipsis  seminibus:  natura  docet  revirescere  cuncta  post  obi- 
tum,  S.  2,  195 ;  also  P.  10,  509 ;  Ps.  553 ;  and  others.    See  also 

§§  94.  95- 

c)  Asyndeton  Summativum. 

With  omnes:  ludaea,  Roma  et  Graecia,  Aegypte,  Thrax, 
Persa,  Sycha  rex  omnes  possidet,  C.  12,  202;  Omnia,  chlamys 
atque  corona,  virga  potestatis,  cornu  crucis,  altar  oliviim,  Ditt. 
79;  Romanus,  Daiia,  Sarmata,  Vandalus,  Hunnus,  Gaetulus, 
Garamaus,  Alemannus,  Saxo,  Galaulas,  una  omnes,  S.  2,  808; 
also:  C.  I,  93;  so  also,  Paul.  Petr.  2,  400;  involvit  omnia,  tigna, 
aras,  statuas,  caementa,  saxa,  metallum. 

VI.— PRUDENTIUS  AS  AN  IMITATOR. 

§148.    Vergil  and  Horace  the  Chief  Models.    Both  Ver- 
gil and  Horace  were  largely  utilized,  Vergil  the  model  for  the 
dogmatic  and  controversial  poems,  Horace  for  the  lyric'     In  the 
case  of  Vergil,  reminiscences  occur  from  every  book  of  the  Aeneid, 
from  every  book  of  the  Georgics  and  from  a  few  of  the  Eclogues.' 
Of  the  Aeneid,  Bks.  II,  VI,  and  VIII  seem  to  be  most  often 
drawn  upon,  IX,  X  and  XI  least  often ;  but  the  2nd  Bk.  of  the 
Georgics  has  been  drawn  upon  as  much  as  all  the  rest  of  the 
books  of  the  Georgics  put  together.     In  some  of  these  cases  there 
can  be  but  little  doubt  that  Prud.  had  Vergil  before  his  eyes  when 
he  wrote  ;  in  others  it  is  no  less  certain  that  the  imitation  was  either 
indirect,  through  the  medium  of  some  preceding  writer,  or  uncon- 
scious and  not  felt  as  such,  to  such  an  extent  did  the  phraseology 
of  Vergil  permeate  much  of  the  literature  of  the  post-Augustan 
age,  both  sacred  and  profane ;  in  some  cases  also  the  phrase  is  to 
be  regarded  simply  as  parallelism    in   expression.      Prudentius 
differs  from  Juvencus  in  the  greater  frequency  with  which  he 

» In  the  Cathemerinon,  Ambrose  also  has  been  largely  followed.  Cf. 
Boissier,  La  Fin  du  Pag.  2,  112  ;  142. 

2  The  Appendix  of  Ribbeck's  Vergil,  Ed.  Mai,  cites  only  6  parallel  pas- 
sages in  Prudentius. 


quotes  either  whole  verses  or  parts  of  verses.  Juv.  never  quotes  a 
verse  entire,  and  half  verses  but  rarely  ;  Prud.,  on  the  other  hand, 
quotes  a  verse  and  a  part  of  another  twice,  as  S.  2,  498,  a  quota- 
tion of  Aen.  I,  17  from  dea  to  fovetque;  and  S.  2,  53,  of  Aen.  7, 
778  from  etiam  to  equi.  A  number  of  the  half  verses  also  reap- 
pear, but  in  this,  as  in  all  comparisons  of  the  two  poets,  it  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  corpus  of  Prudentius  contains  over  3  times 
as  many  verses  as  that  of  Juvencus. 

§149.  Simple  Imitation— Vergil.'  The  use  that  Prudentius 
has  made  of  Vergil  appears  more  particularly  at  the  beginning  or 
end  of  a  verse. 

a)  At  the  beginning  of  a  verse,  Prudentius  uses  the  Vergilian 
phrase,  haec  ubi  dicta  dedit  (Aen.  8,  541,  etc.;  Cyprian  Gall. 
lesu  N.  749;  see  also  Petron.  Sat.  §61,  and  earlier,  Lucilius,  Fr. 
17  (Baehrens),  on  this  introductory  phrase)  once,  Ps.  823 ;  Juv., 
however,  according  to  Hatfield,  used  it  6  times,  and  in  a  slightly 
modified  form  4  times  more.  Haut  mora,  occurring  in  Juv.,  does 
not  occur ;  so  also  the  phrases,  illi  inter  sese,  and  iamque  dies ;  ast 
ubi,  only  in  P.  3,  26;  sic  ait,  only  in  Ps.  121,  and  haec  ait,  only  in 
A.  147.  Principio  is  used  but  once,  H.  338  (Juv.  once,  Verg.  10 
times.  Hat.).  Other  phrases  may  be  noted,  as,  dixit  et,  Ps.  305 
(Aen.  I,  402),  Quin  et,  S.  i,  554  (Geo.  2,  30;  Aen.  6,  777),  also  A. 
458,  etc.;  non  aliter  quam,  H.  208  (Geo.  i,  201),  baud  secus,  S.  2, 
610  (Aen.  8,  414),  and  H.  804.  Of  other  verses  beginning  with 
the  same  words,  notice : 

Possum  m.ulta  sacris  exempla  excerpere  libiN, 

Nirefugis,  A.  312. 

Possum  multa  tibi  veterum  praecepta  referre, 

Nirefugis,  Geo.  i,  176. 

Sed  quid  ego  haec  autem,  A.  741,  Aen,  2,  loi ;  but  this  occurs 
in  Sil.  VI,  no,  and  probably  goes  back  to  Enn.  Ann.  210. 

tantus  amor  terrae,  tanta  est  dilectio  nostri,  A.  1027, 

tantus  amor  terrae  neu  ferro  laede  retunso,  Geo.  2,  301 ;  here 
the  recurrence  of  the  metrical  scheme  dsss  increases  the  resem- 
blance. 

per  loca  senia  siiUy  P.  3,  47,  and  Aen.  6,  462. 

nonne  vides  ut,  ?s,  617  ;  A.  479,  and  Geo.  3,  250  (so  also  Hon 
Od.  I,  14,  3;  Sat.  2,  5,  43). 

/are  age  quern  videat,  A.  129  ^ndfare  age  quid  venias,  Aen.  6, 
389. 

*  Treated  in  a  general  way  by  Zaniol,  Aur.  Prud.  Clemente,  Venice,  1890. 


i 


68 


mane  saluiatum,  P.  ii,  189,  and  Geo.  2,  462. 
cui  tantum  de  te  licuit,  A.  769,  and  Aen.  6,  502. 
felix  gut  \ndu\i\s  poimt,  H.  330. 
/elix  quipotuit,  Geo.  2,  490,  and  Juv.  i,  92. 
at  do77ius  interior,  Ps.  868,  and  Aen.  i,  637. 
et  dubitamus  adhuc,  S.  i,  587*  and  Aen.  6,  806. 
Vulcani  martisque  dolos,  S.  i,  626,  and  Geo.  4,  345. 
sed  iam  tempus,  Geo.  2,  542,  and  S.  i,  656. 
Talia  voci/erans,  Ps.  253,  and  Aen.  2,  679.    Cf.  also,  A.  485, 
and  Eel.  3,  103  (Juvenal,  i,  130).     A.  64,  P.  11,  131,  and  Aen.  6, 
596;  8,  676;    C.  14,  105,  and  Geo.  2,  464;  S.  2,  661,  and  Aen.  8, 
579;  Ps.  31,  and  Aen.  12,902;  A.  112,  and  Aen.  10,  344;  Ps.  517, 
and  Geo.  3,  480;  P.  14,  105,  and  Geo.  2,  464. 
At  the  end  of  the  verse  : 

virtutum  populus  casu  concussus  acerbo,  Ps.  798 ; 
at  pater  Aeneas  casu  concussus  acerbo,  A.  5,  700. 
orbe  novo  nulli  subigebant  arva  colonic  S.  2,  282  ; 
ante  lovem  nulli  subigebant  arva  coloni,  G.  i,  125. 
— cuneis  scindebant  fissile  lignum,  S.  2,  285,  and  G.  i,  144. 
— caesis  custodibus  arcis,  S.  2,  545. 
— caesis  summae  custodibus  arcis,  Aen.  2,  166. 
— aut  pelle  Libystidis  ursae,  S.  2,  300,  and  Aen.  5,  37  ;  8,  368. 
inproba  mors  quidnon  mortalia pectora  cogisf  H.  149. 
vi  potitur,  quidnon  mortalia  pectora  cogisf  Aen.  3,  56. 
Here  the  same  metrical  movement  occurs  in  both,  dssd.     Cf. 
also  Gregory  of  Tours,  h.  F.  6,  36,  p.  276,  15;  and  p.  339,  26; 
— si  credere  dignum  est,  Ps.  497,  and  Geo.  3,  391. 
— dum^w<?  oscula  dulciafigo,  A.  599; 
— 2Xque  oscula  dulciafiget,  Aen.  i,  687. 
— ramis  felicibus  at  bos,  A.  338,  and  Geo.  2,  81. 
— spumantia  cymbia  lacte,  A.  472,  and  Aen.  3, 66.    Cf.  also :  Ps. 
685,  and  Aen.  8,  703 ;  A.  662,  and  Aen.  i,  80 ;  Ps.  879,  and  Aen. 
12,  208;    D.  140,  and  Aen.  3,  659;   S.  2,  281,  and  Geo.  2,  22;  H. 
278,  and  Aen.  4,  532,  564,  819;   S.  i,  125,  and  Aen.  4,  215;  S.  i, 
353,  and  Aen.  11,  481 ;  S.  2,  331,  and  Aen.  2,  639;  S.  i,  361,  and 
Aen.  6,  572  ;  S.  i,  94,  and  Aen.  2,  61 ;  Spr.  2,  13,  and  Aen.  i,  87 ; 
A.  459,  and  Aen.  6,  254 ;  S.  2,  532,  and  Aen.  8, 698 ;  H.  237,  and 
Aen.  4.  581  ;   S.  i,  523,  and  Aen.  4,  636 ;    H.  776,  and  Eel.  2,  65 ; 
Ps.  786,  and  Geo.  3,  533. 

Both  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end : 

nimborum  dominum  tempestatumque potentem,  A.  662; 


69 

nimborum<\\ie  facis  tempestatumque  potentem y  Aen.  i,  80. 
Christe,  graves  hominum  semper  miserate  labores,  Ps.  i ; 
Phoebe,  gravis  Troiae  semper  miserate  labores,  Aen.  656. 
sinum  lactis  et  haec  votorum  liba  quotannis,  S.  i,  113 ; 
sinum  lactis  et  haec  te  liba  Priape  quotannis^  Eel.  7,  33, 
— Baccho  caper  omnibus  aris 
caeditur  <?/ virides,  S.  i,  129; 
— Baccho  caper  omnibus  aris 
caeditur  et  veteres,  Geo.  2,  380,  with  similar  metr.  structure. 

-que  joined  to  the  two  closing  words  : 

Prud.   has  12  in    4950  hexameters  =  .025  per  cent. 
Juv.       "    13  **     3210  "  =.041 

Verg.     "    54  **  12912  "  =.042 

Ennius"*      8  **       426  •*  =.188 


(( 


i( 


n 


From  which  it  will  be  seen  Prud.  uses  this  ending,  relatively, 
the  least  frequently,  Juv.  and  Verg.  about  the  same  number  of 
times,  while  Ennius  uses  it  relatively  over  4  times  as  often  as 
Verg.  or  Juv.,  and  over  7  times  as  often  as  Prud. 

b)  Similar  phrases  are  taken  into  other  parts  of  the  verse : 

et  regnare  simul  caeloque  ereboque  putatur,  S.  i,  360; 

voce  vocans  Hecaten  caeloque  ereboque  potentem,  Aen.  6,  247, 

omne  revolamus  sua  per  vestigia  seclum,  S.  2,  279; 

atque  in  se  sua  per  vestigia  volvitur  annus,  Geo.  2,  402. 

omnipotens  dederat  studia  in  contraria  vertunt,  H.  307  ; 

scinditur  incertum  studia  in  contraria  volgus,  Aen.  2,  39. 

Conrupta  de  matre  nothi  Ledeia  proles,  S.  i,  228  ; 

supposita  de  matre  nothos  furata  creavit,  Aen.  7,  283  ; 

Thebana  de  matre  nothun,  Aen.  9,  697. 

et  ne  iacta  viae  spargantur  in  aggere  graua,  S.  2,  1032 ; 

Qualis  saepe  viae  deprensus  in  aggere  serpens,  Aen.  5,  273, 
with  the  same  movement,  sdsd. 

Cf.  also :  H.  498,  and  Geo.  i,  349 ;  Ps.  394,  and  Aen.  2,  142;  P. 
2,  529,  and  Aen.  i,  94. 

An  interesting  passage  occurs  in  S.  i,  126:  atque  avidus  vini 
multo  se  proluit  haustu,  and  spumantem  pateram  at  pleno  se  pro- 
luit  auro,  Aen.  i,  739.  Verg.  used  impiger,  Prud.  uses  avidus 
vini;  Verg.  used  spumantem  pateram,  Prud.  paterae  spumis; 
Verg.  hausit,  Prud.  haustu ;  Verg.  auro,  Prud.  gemmantis. 


^  Fragmenta  Poet.  Rom.  (Baehrens). 


70 

In  the  lyric  measures  may  be  noted : 
"  et  ad  astra  doloribus  ittir,  C.  lo,  92  ; 
sic  Uur  ad  astra,  Aen.  9,  638. 
socius  calor  ossa  revisat,  C.  10,  38 ; 
calor  ossa  reliquit,  Aen.  9,  475. 
per  amoe7ia  vireia  iubet,  C.  3,  loi ; 
— et  amoena  virecta^  Aen.  6.  638. 
furiarum  maxima,  Ps.  96,  and  Aen.  3,  252.     Cf.  also,  C.  9,  12; 

and  Geo.  4,  392.  ^^  -     y  a  a  ^u^o^ 

§150.  More  Indirect  Imitation.  Here  are  mcluded  those 
phrases  of  Vergil  which  have  been  more  or  less  changed,  such  as  : 

aves  sub  ipso  culmine,  C.  i,  13; 

volucrum  sub  culmine  cantus,  Aen.  8,  456. 

pectus  sepultum  crimine,  C.  i,  35J 

somnosque  vino  sepultam,  Aen.  2,  265. 

multo  et  se  fasce  levarat,  Ps.  578  ; 

ego  hoc  te  fasce  levabo,  Eel.  9,  65. 

— stultitiam  exuat,  Pr.  35  ; 

exuerint  animum,  Geo.  2,  51. 

inlusa  vestis,  P.  14,  I05  ; 

inlusaque  vestes,  Geo.  2,  464. 

Cf.  also :  C.  3,  76,  and  Eel.  i,  80;  Ps.  203,  and  Geo.  2,  302;  S. 
2,  800,  and  Aen.  i,  224  ;  S.  2,  1024,  Geo.  2,  223 ;  P.  3, »,  and  Aen. 
II,  124;  Ps.  27,  and  Aen.  7,  461 ;  Ps.  707,  and  Aen.  2,  74. 

For  further  imitation  compare : 


« 


Verg. 
Geo.  2,  116 

Aen.  5,  277;  Geo.  3,  421 
Aen.  5,  452 
Geo.  4,  132 
Aen.  I,  664 


Prud. 

C.  3,  71 

C.  9,  90 

C.  9,  105 

C.  4,  58 

P.  10,  742 

P.  10,  1015   Aen.  7,  612 

C.  3,  loi       Aen.  6,  638 


C.  3, 186 

A.  339 
A.  612 
S.  2,  335 
S.  2,  1032 
S.  2,  947 
Ps.  SI 


Aen.  6,  730 
Geo.  2,  31 
Aen.  8,  687 
Aen.  2,  10 
Aen.  5,  273 
Geo.  2,  34 
Aen.  2,  277 


Prud. 
Ps.  112 

Ps.  12$ 

Ps.  435 

Ps.  517 

S.  1,48 

S.  I,  559  and  560 

S.  2,  340 

S.  2,  408 
S.  2,  676 
S.  2,  967 

Ps.  685 
Ps.  803 
S.  2,731 


Verg. 

Aen.  6,  156 
Aen.  5,  259 
Aen.  8,  696 
Geo.  3,  480 
Aen.  8,  322 
Aen.  6,  235 
Geo.  I,  62 
Geo.  I,  375 
Aen.  10,  908 
Aen.  5,  744 
Aen.  8,  702 
Aen.  9,  262 
Aen.  4t  684 


§151.    Imitation  of  Other  Poets.    The  poems  of  Prudentius 

show  by  their  phraseology  in  particular    that  he    had  a  wide 


71 

acquaintance  not  only  with  the  greater,  but  also  with  the  lesser 
poets  of  Rome,  and  that  he  deserves  the  title  Gennadius  bestowed 
upon  him,  '*  vir  saeculari  litteratura  eruditus." 

a)  Horace,  Breidt'  has  shown  what  extensive  use  Prudentius 
made  of  Horace.  It  appears  that  to  the  238  passages  he  has 
cited,  every  poem  has  contributed  something  except  Cath.  12; 
that  the  lyric  poems  have  presented  a  third  more  than  the  hexa- 
metric ;  that  the  Peristeph.  shows  more  passages  imitated  than  the 
Cath.  (77  :  60)  \^  that  the  odes  are  cited  most  often,  then  the  epis- 
tles, then  the  satires.  Some  Horatian  constructions  also  occur, 
cf.  §93,  108  d,  et  al. 

b)  Ovid,  These  may  be  cited :  imbrem  Here  facit,  C.  5,  24, 
and  me  flere  facU^  Met.  7,  690;  mollis  si  bractea  gypsum 
iexerat,  S.  i,  436;  tenuis  bractea  ligna  tegat,  A.  A.  3,  232. 
Christum  sub  tacito  pectore  murmurans,  Spr.  i,  36;  — tacito 
venerantur  murmure  numen,  M.  6,  203.  Cf.  also,  P.  2,  123, 
and  Fast.  2,  573 ;  Ps.  573  and  Ex.  Pont.  3,  3,  9  ;  C.  2,  69,  and 
Ex.  Pont.  3,  3,  97 ;  Ps.  414,  and  Met.  8,  530.  To  these  parallels 
in  phraseology  certain  parallels  in  syntax  may  be  added  :  emerere 
with  infin.,  according  to  Draeger  §420,  occurring  only  in  Ovid,  is 
used  by  Prud.  A.  1033;  dedignor,  frequent  in  Ovid,  occurs  in  H. 
955  \  piamen,  a  word  used  only  by  Ov.,  according  to  Harper's 
Diet.,  occurs  in  C.  9,  33. 

c)  yuvenal  seems  to  have  been  used  more  freely  : 
— etfrigida  parvas 

praebebat  spelwica  domoSy  S.  2,  288  and  Juv.  6,  34. 

porrum  et  cepe,  S.  2,  867,  and  Juv.  159  (Hon  Ep.  i,  2,  21). 

genua  incerare  Dianae,  A.  457  ; 

genua  incerare  deorum,  Juv.  10,  55. 

Quidquid  agunt  homines^  H.  763,  and  Juv.  i,  85. 

— \nfor71ice  natoSy  H.  636;  — efornice  nati,  Juv.  3,  156. 

— vultuque  et  voce  severa,  Ps.  553 ; 

— vultuque  et  veste  severum^  Juv.  14,  no. 

— te7iui  distantia  fine,  A.  748 ; 

— ie7mi  distantia  rim  a,  Juv.  3,  97. 

— ornarneyiia  deorum^  S.  2,  64,  and  Juv.  3,  218. 

For  further  imitations  compare : 

*  Breidt,  De  Aurelio  Prudentio  Clemente  Horatii  Imitatore,  1887.  A  short 
list  is  given  by  Faguet,  De  Aur.  Prud.  Clem.  Carm.  lyr.  p.  54  (1883). 

'Boissier,  La  Fin  Pag.  II,  117,  however,  says  :  •*  L'originalite  du  poete  y 
est  a  ce  qu'il  me  semble,  encore  plus  apparente  que  dans  le  recueil  prece- 
dent (Cath.)."     Cf.  also  Ebert,  Ge^ch.  d.  Lit.  des  Mitt.  I«,  p.  281. 


72 


Prud. 

A.  485 

S.  2,  557 
S.  2,  866 
P.  2,  514 

Praef.  24 
S.  I,  581 
H.  125 
S.  I,  338 
H.  156 
S.  2,  686 


Juvenal. 

I,  130 

8,3 
15,  10 
6.  343 
9,  129 

6,  349 
I4»  136 
i»  19 
3,30 
6,  190 


Prud. 

(H.  156 
Ps.  183 

Ps.  555 
S.  I,  257 

S.  2,  1094 

S.  2,  1095 

S.  2,  1099 

P.  10,  143 

P.  10,  700 


Juvenal 

3,  30) 
6,502 

14,  III 
6,  599 

10,  333 
3,  158 
3,36 

lO;  35 
11,68 


d)  Seneca,  The  dependency  of  Prudentius  upon  Seneca  and 
Lucan,  not  only  for  turns  of  expression,  but  also  for  models  of 
whole  scenes,  has  been  pointed  out  by  Sixt,  Phil.  51  (1892), 
p.  501  f.  Thus,  the  passage  in  P.  11,  85  f.  seems  to  have  been 
modeled  on  Sen.  Phaedr.  1073  f. ;  C.  9,  70,  on  Here.  Fur.  46  f. 
For  turns  of  expression  Sixt  points  out  37  parallels,  17  being  in 
the  Cath.  This  subject  has  been  further  treated  also  by  Weyman 
in  Comment.  Wolffl.  (1891),  p.  284.  Cf.  also  Boissier,  La  Fin  du 
Pag.  2,  122. 

e)  Lucan.  With  Lucan,  Prudentius  shares  the  same  predilec- 
tion for  bloody  scenes  and  details  of  horror  (Sixt,  p.  505):  Bell.  Civ. 
Ill,  572  f.,  and  6,  540  f.,  which  seem  to  have  served  Prud.  in  his 
martyr-scenes.  Cf.  also  Bell.  Civ.  9.  4  f.,  and  Prud.  P.  14,  91  f. 
On  turns  of  expression  cf.  S.  2,  811  and  Luc.  i,  no,  C.  7,  163 
and  Luc.  4,  3,  14;  Sixt  cites  36  such  passages,  and  of  these  15 
are  in  the  Cath. 

f)  Silius.  Pun.  6,  no  has  the  expression,  sed  quid  ego 
haec  =  Prud.  A.  741,  but  this  may  have  come  from  Aen.  2,  loi, 
and  that  from  Ennius  Ann.  210. 

g)  Two  passages  suggest  Statins  : 

C.  3,  133:  dumque  rudes  imitatur  avos,  rudes  populos — cole- 
bas,  Silv.  3,  3,  5 ;  adflatum  calido  contraxit  ab  Euro,  S.  2,  962. 
— Sic  afflantur  vineta  noto,  Silv.  5,  i,  146. 

Note :  Prudentius  does  not  begin  any  of  his  verses  with  baud 
mora  as  does  Vergil,  but  in  A.  755  with  nee  mora  as  in  Theb.  513 
and  Silv.  3,  117. 

h)  Juvencus.    Only  a  few  passages  suggest  this  poet: 

— timor  omnis  abestOy  S.  2,  737,  and  Juv.  3,  107. 

non  ante  caeli  principem  septempliciSy  C.  7,  36  ; 

— caeli  septemplicis  aethra,  Juv.  i,  356. 

— per  utrumque  cucurrity  A.  177  ; 

per  inane  cucurrit^  Juv.  i,  360. 


73 

Qi,  also,  P.  6,  160,  and  Praef.  of  Juv.  22 ;  Prud.  Ditt.  105,  and 
Juv.  I,  247 ;  H.  330,  and  Juv.  i,  92,  but  also  in  Verg.;  C.  5,  27, 
and  Juv.  2,  2,  but  cf.  Stat.  Theb.  2,  527 ;  S.  i,  6,  85. 

Note.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to  trace  in  detail  the  phrases 
imitated  from  the  eccles.  writers.  Some  of  these  imitations  have 
been  already  pointed  out : 

Brockhaus,  Aur.  Prud.  Clem.  p.  203  ff.  calls  attention  to  the 
dependence  of  Prudentius  on  Tertullian ;  Ebert,  Gesch.  Litt.  der 
Mitt.  P,  254  and  272,  to  his  imitations  of  Ambrose ;  Manitius, 
Gesch.  d.  Christ. -lat.  p.  85  and  95,  to  his  use  of  Damasus;  and 
p.  41,  to  his  imitation  of  Commodian.  Cf.  also,  Brand,  De 
Lactantii  apud  Prud.  vestigiis  (Heidi.  1894). 

VIL— LANGUAGE. 

§152.  Words  used  only  by  Prudentius.  Prudentius 
exhibits  a  remarkable  fondness  for  coining  new  words,  or  in 
using  old  words  in  a  new  sense.  Some  of  these  were  taken  up 
by  later  writers,  but  the  following  list  of  55  is  believed  to  contain 
words  used  only  by  Prudentius.  (Puech,  it  may  be  noted,  on 
p.  265,  cites  Krenkel's  Diss.  p.  3,  for  a  list  of  such  words,  but  here 
only  6  are  given.) 

List  (words  marked  *  are  aiz,  eip,  only  in  sense  used):  bractealis, 
P.  10,  1025;  calcatrix,  Ps.  587;  caniformis,  A.  195;  *captator, 
P' 5>  19  J  centifidus,  S.  2,  890;  Christipotens,  S.  2,  710;  cinis- 
culus,  C.  10,  143;  circumsaltans,  S.  i,  135;  concrepito,  P.  11,56; 
condomo,  C.  7,  98;  congregatim,  C.  7,  143;  conlaudabilis,  H. 
692;  conperpetuus,  A.  271  (Harper's  Diet,  and  also  Georges 
cite  it  as  A.  339);  cunctiparens,  P.  14,  i28(cunctipotens,  P.  7,  56; 
cf.  mistakes  in  Harper's,  §154);  deliquium,  H.  751 ;  digestim, 
P.  2,  129;  digladiabilis,  C.  3,  148;  dissertator,  A.  782;  dolatus, 
Ps.  835;  excussus,  P.  5,  226;  exfibulo,  Ps.  633 ;  falsificatus,  H. 
549 ;  flavicomans,  A.  495  ;  [fuliginosus,  P.  10,  261  (?)  ]  ;  incruente^ 
P.  10,  1094;  inficiatrix,  Ps.  630 ;  innoto,  C.  6,  128;  inpressus,  Ps. 
273;  (inspatior,  A.  130,  reading  of  Fabr.  Gis.  Weitz);  lancinator, 
P.  10,  1057;  [lembulus,  P.  5,  455(?)];  linteolus,  P.  3,  180;  [omni- 
genus,  S.  1, 13  (?)  ]  ;  *praefulcio,  P.  5, 335  ;  *prosubigo,  P.  3,  130  ; 
pulvinarius,  P.  10,  1056  (or  gen.  plur.  of  pulvinar?);  *reglutino, 
P.  10,  874;  religamen,  Ps.  359;  ructamen,  H.  466;  russeolus,  P. 
II,  130 ;  *salix  (osier),  P.  10,  703 ;  saxigenus,  C.  5,  8 ;  scandalum, 
Apr.  35  ;  semetra,  Ps.  829 ;  speculamen,  A.  20  ;  spurcamen,  C.  9, 
56;  strangulatrix,  P.  10,  1103;  subiugalis,  P.  10,  333;  subtacitus. 


./ 


74 


i< 


\ 


H.  174;  tauricornis,  P.  10,  222;  Tibricola,  P.  11,  174;  tripictus, 
A.  381  ;  lurbidulus,  A.  208  ;  tutaculum,  S.  2,  388  ;  ululamen.  C. 
10,114*   unicultor,  P.  13,90;   urbicremus,  H.  727  ;  verberator, 

P.  9,  38. 
§153.     Titles.     Prudentius,  like  his  fellow-countryman  Juven- 

cus.  exhibits  a  fondness  for  introducing  high-sounding  titles  for 
divine  personages,  often  accumulating  epithet  upon  epithet,  as  in 
A.  393,  with  its  12  epithets;  (Manitius  gives  some  examples  in 
Rhein.  Mus.  45  (1890),  487). 

a)  Tz/les  of  Christ:  salvator,  P.  i,  115  ;  C.  i,  50;  parens 
hominis,  P.  13,  56;  O  splendor,  O  virtus  Patris,  factor  orbis  et 
poli,  atque  auctor  horum  moenium,  P.  2,  413  ;  sermo  Patris,  C.  3, 
141 ;  sancte,  C.  2,69;  optime,  P.  7,  79  ;  inventor  rutiH  luminis,dux 
bone,  C.  5,  I ;  Nazarene,  C.  7,  i,  etc. ;  nostri  mediator  et  omnipo- 
tens,  A.  174;  O  crucifer  bone,  lucisator,  verbigena,  etc.,  with  5 
lines  in  the  address,  C.  3,  i ;  paternae  gloriae  splendor,  P.  10,  468 ; 
cunctipotens,  P.  7,  56 ;  salutifer,  P.  13,  91  ;  Dominus,  C.  3>  n  ;  P- 
3,  136;  7,  72.     Also  called  Deus:  C.  5,  127 ;  P.  4,  9- 

'  b)  Titles  of  God:  summe  Pater,  C.  5,  i57  ;  P^ter  supreme.  C. 
6,  I ;  caeli  principem  septemplicis,  C.  7,  36;  magister,  Apr.  (2)  i  ; 
tonans,  A.  171 ;  H.  669;  C.  6,  81 ;  12,  83;  P.  6,  98  ;  10,  277  ;  Ps. 
640;  H.  376;  (also  in  Jav.)  conditor,  A.  807;  conditor  orbis,  A. 
894;  Aeternus,  A.  850;  omnipotens  genitor  Christi  et  creator 
orbis,  P.  13,  55;  Pater,  C.  5.  25;  Pater  supreme,  C.  6,  i  ;  omnipa- 
ter,  P.  3,  70;  omniparens,  S.  2,  477,  (omnigenus,  S.  i,  13);  omni- 
poUens,  Apr.  19;  cunctiparens,  animae  dator,  H.  931.  Cf.  also  P. 
14,  128 ;  C.  2,  105  ;  S.  I,  625 ;  2,  768 ;  etc.  Also  called  Christus  : 
C.  4,  68 ;  D.  24. 

§154.    Supplement  to  Harper's  Latin  Dictionary.    The 

following  list  of  words  is  designed  to  supplement  the  last  edition 
of  Harper's  Latin  Dictionary  (New  York,  1880),  but  chiefly  to 
make  some  corrections  in  references  made  to  Prudentius.  It  is 
the  conviction  of  the  writer  that  all  the  references  to  Prudentius 
need  a  careful  revision.  The  following  list  is  by  no  means  com- 
plete; some  the  most  conspicuous  variations  from  the  readings  of 
the  editions  of  Arevalo,  and  of  Dressel,  are  pointed  out.  No 
attempt  has  been  made  to  note  the  many  occurrences  of  usages 
both  common  and  rare  found  in  Prudentius,  of  which  no  mention 
has  been  made  in  the  Dictionary.  Nor  have  divergences  of  one, 
two,  or  three  Hues  been  noted.* 

1  Many  of  the  references  to  certain  lines  in  the  Apotheosis  may  be  found  in 
Dressel's  edition  by  subtracting  68  from  the  number  of  the  line  cited. 


75 


ahigo,  to  drive  away:  pax  inde  abigit  bellum,  Ps.  632. 

accingo,  in  pass,  (mid.?),  to  make  one's  self  ready :  accingere, 
nequissime,  P.  10,  421. 

accipitrina,  marked  *,  but  cf.  Plant.  Bacch.  274. 

advolitansy  line  not  given  ;  see  S.  2,  575. 

aenipes,  S.  i,  351,  and  not  S.  i,  531.  ^^ 

aequiparabilis,  marked :  perh.  only  in  Plaut.,  but  cf.  H.  79: 
aequiparabile  quidquam. 

aetatula,  a  short  period,  P.  10,  614 ;  cf.  677,  used  concretely. 

alter-uter,  H.  772 ;  alterutram  calcare  viam. 

anyie  in  direct  questions,  Cic.  only  cited;  cf.  S.  1,400:  anne 
fides  dubia  est  tibi  ?  also  Claud.  26,  524 ;  loh.  Cass.  300,  14. 

antiquitas,  the  history  of  ancient  times,  marked :  only  in  prose, 

cf.  P.  10,  32. 

anulla,  a  little  old  woman,  P.  6,  149 ;  word  not  given  (anicla, 
however,  is  cited  for  this  passage ;  but  cf.  Luc.  Mueller,  Re  Metr.', 

p.  515)- 

Apenninicola,  marked  as  a:r,  ££>.,  but  cf.  S.  2,  521. 

aroma,  in  sing.,  P.  14,  72, not  8  ;  Plur.  not  noted;  cf.  P.  10,  363. 

argilla,  white  clay,  H.  190:  viderat  argillam  simulacrum  et 
structile. 

aureoltis,  P.  3,  197,  not  9,  196;  also  H.  272 ;  S.  i,  640. 

aiirulentus,  P.  12,  49  and  not  P.  6,  49. 

azymoyi,  A.  353  and  not  421. 

bracieolay  Ps.  335  and  not  355. 

bubulcus,  a  herdsman  (rare),  cf.  P.  10,  195 ;  only  Dig.  cited. 

bucula  (Verg.  only)  cited ;  cf.  Pspr.  31. 

"^caniformis,  A.  195  and  not  263. 

cavillo  (abl.),  a  rare  word :  P.  2,  318 ;  not  cited  also  by  Georges, 
Worth. 

cervicula,  a  small  neck ;  P.  10,  836. 

chartula,  a  small  book;  P.  i,  75  ;  to,  1115. 

"^cinis cuius y  C.  10,  143,  not  149. 

circulus,  P.  I,  72,  not  marked  as  a  dimin.  (cf.  Archiv,  4,  187). 

cluOy  ere.  In  addition  to  authors  cited,  is  used  also  by 
Plautus,    Seneca,    Ennodius,    Cyprian    Gall.,    Ven.    Fortunatus. 

Cf.  §2. 

coinquino,  to  defile:  monumenta  coinquinet,  S.  i,  505. 
commemini,  in  Plautus,  and  rare ;  P.  11,  231 :  si  bene  conmem- 
ini,  colit  hunc  pulcerrima  Roma. 

conceptaculuniy  rare;  add  Ps.  742 ;  P.  10,  781. 


/ 


76 

confoveo,  add  Prud.  ii,  138;  Aug.  C.  Jul.  3,  15,  29,  and  Vul- 
gate. 
congre^atimy  marked  *,  but  cf.  also  Aug.  adv.  quinque  haer. 

2,3. 
coyiluco,  ere^   to  be  bright,  P.  5,  10 ;  omitted. 

"^conperpetuus,  A.  271,  not  339,  as,  also,  in  Georges,  and  For- 
cellini. 

conveniiculum  ( Juvenc.  2,  583),  not  a  dimin.,  cf.  Archiv,  4,  177. 

corpusculum,  a  little  body,  an  atom  ;  P.  10,  803 ;  H.  595. 

cujas,  -atis,  pron.  interrog.  Ps.  708 ;  no  author  after  Apuleius 
cited. 

cuius y  a,  uniy  pron.  rel.  Praef.  33  ;  rare. 

cunciipoiens  marked  *,  but  cf.  also  Ambrose,  81,  37  and  82,  25  ; 
and  Aug.  Spicul.  16. 

deliramentum  marked  :  in  Plant,  and  post  Aug.  prose ;  but  cf. 
A.  200. 

demutabiliSy  A.  276,  not  344. 

dicio  marked:  in  plur.  once;  but  cf.  Psych,  221;  S.  2,  420. 
Also  in  sing. :  H.  19,  408,  etc. 

diecula,  only  Plant.,  Ter.  and  Apul.  cited ;  cf.  C.  7,  96. 

"^dip^estim,  P.  2,  129,  not  3,  129. 

dispendium,  by-path:  flexuosa  corrigens  dispendia,  C.  7,  49; 
but  means  expense  in  Juv.  i,  46. 

"^dissertator,  A.  783,  not  850. 

dissipator,  marked  *,  but  cf.  Lucifer,  of  Cag.,  133,  11. 

dissociabiliSy  that  cannot  be  united,  Ps.  763. 

dubitabiliSy  A.  581,  not  649. 

ecclesiasteSy  in  sense  of  ecclesia,  P.  10,  43 :  ire  mandat  milites 
ecclesiasten. 

effrenis,  e,  add  Prud.  S.  i,  518  to  list  of  occurrences. 

eminulus,  Varro  only  cited ;  P.  3,  122 :  eminulis  digitis. 

executor y  expounder,  interpreter,  P.  13,  16. 

fasciola,  add  S.  2,  1008  to  list  of  occurrences. 

flammicomus,  Ps.  775,  is  marked  *,  but  Avien.  also  is  cited. 

floccus — the  genitive  of  price,  flocci  is  marked  ante-class. ;  cf. 
P.  10,  140:  flocci  fecero. 

fonticulus,  only  Hon  and  Pliny  cited ;  cf.  C.  5,  116. 

ganeUj  not  ganeum,  in  Ps.  343. 

grunnitus,  a  rare  word,  only  Cic.  cited;  add  P.  10,  993. 

holusculuniy  add  S.  2,  866,  and  P.  10,  262. 

inculpabiliSy  A.  946,  not  10 15. 


77 

indelibilisy  marked  Ovidian,  but  occurs  in  P.  10,  11 32. 

induperator^  S.  i,  147,  marked  archaic;  but  cf.  Archiv,  i,  62. 

imposy  Prud.  C.  9,  53 ;  Ps.  585  :  mentis  inpos. 

impossibilis,  see  §119. 

intemperanSy  incapable  :  tacendi  intemperans,  P.  2,  253. 

inter/undo t  pour  among,  or  through  :  animas  hominum  venis 
intus  interfusas  intelligo,  Prud.  S.  2,  380. 

lacteolus,  add  Ps.  792  ;  P.  3,  165  ;   11,  245. 

IdnienuSy  a  is  short,  not  long  as  given. 

ligula,  in  sense  of  tongue,  not  cited ;  cf.  P.  10,  978  :  quae  con- 
crepare  ligula  moderatrix  facit. 

luteolus,  only  Verg.  and  Col.  cited ;  cf.  Ps.  354. 

malesanus  (the  reading  of  Arev.  Obb.  Dressel)  occurs  Ps.  203 ; 
H.  93 ;  is  not  given  by  Harper's. 

medela,  a  healing,  only  Gell.  and  Apul.  cited ;  cf.  C.  4,  85  ;  8, 
77;  9»  36;  10,  83;  A.  693.  H.  663.  S.  I,  6;  526.  P.  i,  20;  2, 
580;  6,  160;  9,  64;  10,  505.     Also  Juvenc.  i,  437;  2,  232;  356; 

587.  3.  372. 

medenSy  a  physician ;   only  Lucr.  and  Ov.  cited  for  poet.,  add 

P.  10,  497. 

mensurabilis,  A.  813,  not  881. 

mixtim  is  marked  ♦,  but  cf.  P.  6,  141;  10,  848;  H.  78;  A. 
1008  ;  S.  2,  420. 

naiatuSy  us  ;  add  Prud.  P.  10,  1054. 

nemoy  A.  173,  197  ;  H.  85, 735  ;  S.  i,  314;  2,  pr.  56  ;  241 ;  471  ; 
572;  P.  I,  13;  10,  237. 

nigellus,  blackish;  marked  ante-class.  Cf.  P.  10,  156:  lapis 
nigellus. 

Nilicolay  S.  2,  494,  not  439.  Used  also  by  Gregory  of  Tours, 
h.  F.  I,  10  (p.  39,  2). 

numnCy  cited  only  for  Plant.,  Ter.  and  Cic,  but  occurs  in  S.  i, 
322;  2,  940;  H.  871. 

oblectamen,  marked:  perh.  only  in  plur.,  but  cf.  C.  7,  18;  H. 
311,  550;  S.  2,  145 ;  P.  2,  392. 

obsequela,  marked :  ante-class,  and  in  Sail.;  but  cf.  C.  7,  51 ;  8, 
19;  P.  6,  78;  Epil.  32. 

offensaculunty  Apr.  33,  not  A.  45 ;  also  Ps.  484, 781. 

paeniteOy  to  repent,  be  sorry;  S.  i,  517:  ubi  agros  videt, 
paenitet. 

palmulUy  an  oar,  P.  5,  462. 

parabsiSy  a  quadrilateral  dish  (Heins.),  occurs  in  Ps.  532; 
Epil.  18. 


\ 


78 

paradiscola,  H.  928,  not  936. 

piaclum,  P.  10,  219,  not  P.  14;   also  piaculum,  a  sin,  A.  544,  P. 

10,  1047. 
piamen,  marked  *,  occurs  also  in  Ov.  F.  3,  333 ;  also  in  Prud. 

c.  9. 33. 

praeveniOy  to  outstrip,  to  prevent:  sensum  doloris  mors  cita 
praevenit,  P.  14,  90;  cf.  also  P.  10,  71. 
profanator,  A.  178,  not  246. 

promisee,  only  Cic,  Liv.,  and  Gell.  cited;  P.  10,  253. 
propitio,  -are,  P.  3,  215,  not  211. 

propola,  H.  761 ;  no  occurrence  later  than  Cicero  noted. 
prostibulum,  a  prostitute,  Ps.  92. 

pudet  used  personally,  only  Plaut.,  Ter.,  and  Luc.  cited ;   cf. 
Prud.  S.  1,512,  and  P.  2,  177. 
puellula,  add  C.  9,  no;  P.  3,  103 ;  14,  n- 
pugillus,  C.  10,  144,  not  152. 

recrementum,  Apr.  54,  not  65. 

remeabilis,  A.  1049,  not  11 17. 

reparatio,  C.  10,  120,  not  128. 

resolubiliSy  used  with  caementum  in  A.  515,  not  581. 

rusticulas,  adj.  S.  i,  107  :  rusticulas  lupas. 

saecMlum,  P.  2,  583 ;  not  a  dimin.,  cf.  Archiv,  4,  177;  seclum,  C. 

11,79. 

scalpelluniy  a  scalpel ;  P.  10,  500 ;  902. 

scandalum,  lit.  a  stumbling-block  ;  marked  *;  but  cf.  also  Ps. 
452 ;  change  47  praef.  Apoth.  to  35  praef. 

scifitilla,  a  spark,  A.  920.     A  dim.  ? 

sentus,  A.  55,  not  123. 

separ  :  separe  ductu,  A.  243,  not  311. 

sepulcralis,  marked  Ovidian,  but  cf.  Ditt.  141,  and  S.  i,  97. 

sigilla  (orum),  images,  P.  10,  151 ;  also  in  sing.,  an  image 
(this  usage  not  cited  at  all)  P.  10,  233  :  sigillum  adfixum  lovi 
avis  ministrae. 

sigillaiMSy  H.  745,  not  707. 

signaculum,  in  sense  of  signum  :   a  sign,  A.  294;   a  standard,  a 

banner,  S.  i,  567. 

sordeo,  to  seem  base,  impers.:  si  sordet  venerarier  et  placet, 

H.  106. 

sordidulus,  low,  base,  marked  *;  but  cf.  S.  i,  69:  sordidulam 
rapinam  (Georges  and  Forcel.  fail  to  cite  this  use). 

$pectame7t,  spectacle,  marked  AppuL,  but  cf.  Ps.  913. 


79 

^speculamen,  A.  20,  not  88. 
sphera,  A.  210,  not  278. 
spreruni  (sperno),  Ditt.  123,  not  31. 
stipis,  gift,  donation,  S.  2,  911 ;  ^^x  stips. 
sufflabilis,  A.  838,  not  906. 

subino,  to  turn  backwards ;  supinat  faciem,  Ps.  281. 
taeniola,  only  Col.  cited;  cf.  S.  2,  1106.     (Georges,  and  also 
Forcel.,  only  cites  Col.) 

Tibricola,  P.  11,  I74»  not  4,  174. 

iraduXy  A.  915,  not  983. 

turbidulus,  A.  208,  not  276.  ,  .   ^     ,  •  n 

ungula,  P.  I,  44;  not  marked  as  a  dimin.  (cf.  Archiv,  4,  I79). 

ustuire  occurs  in  P.  10,  885. 

vago,  -are,  marked :  ante-class.,  but  cf.  C.  6,  29. 

vastairix,  marked  *,  but  cf.  also  Sen.,  intpr.  Iren.  i,  31,  4- 

Vaticanus,  adj.  S.  i,  583. 

veniabilis,  H.  935,  not  943. 

virgunculay  add  also,  S.  i,  64.  * 

vitiabilis,  A.  i045>  "O^  11 13. 

volupe  is  marked  ante-class.,  but  cf.  P.  9,  4i,  and  MSS.  read- 
ing of  Arnobius,  268,  19  (Reiff).  also  Aug.  Ep.  3,  5;  Mart.  Cap. 
9,  888,  Sidon.  Ep.  22,  14. 

zizania,  Apr.  56,  not  A.  6,  8. 


i\ 


■  -4k 


APPENDIX. 


§155.    Recent  Literature  relating  to  Prudentius. 

G.  Sixt :  Die  lyrischen  Gedichtedes  Prudentius.  Progr.  Karls- 
gymnasium,  Stuttgart,  1889. 

M.  Manitius :  Beitrage  zur  Geschichte  friihchristlicher  Dichter 
im  Mittelalter.  Sitzungsber.  d.  phil.  Akad.  zu  Wien,  1889,  XII, 
p.  26. 

M.  Manitius :  Zu  Juvencus  und  Prudentius.  Rhein.  Mus.  45 
(1890),  p.  485. 

G.  Sixt :  Zur  neueren  Litteratur  iiber  Prudentius.  Korrespond- 
enz-Blatt.  f.  d.  Gelehrten,  Wurtemberg,  Mai  u.  Juni,  1891. 

Carl  Weyman:  Seneca  und  Prudentius.  Commentationes 
Woelfflinianae  (1891),  pp.  281-287. 

M.  Manitius :  Geschichte  d.  Christlich-Lat.  Poesie.  Stuttgart, 
1891. 

G.  Sixt :  Des  Prudentius  Abhangigkeit  von  Seneca  und  Lucan. 
Phil.  51  (1892),  pp.  501-506. 

M.  Manitius:  Philologisches  aus  alten  Bibliotheks-Katalogen. 
Rhein.  Mus.  47  (1892),  Suppl.  pp.  95-101. 

A.  Zaniol:  Aurelio  Prudenzio  Clemente,  Poeta  lirico-epico. 
Seconda  edizione,  Venice,  1890. 

S.  Brand:  De  Lactantii  apud  Prudentium  vestigiis.  Heidel- 
berg, 1894. 

Boissier:  La  Fin  du  Paganisme.  Deux.  ed.  1894,  vol.  II,  pp. 
105-152. 


LIFE. 


I  was  born  April  8,  1863,  at  New  Berlin,  Pa.,  and  received  my 
preparatory  training  at  Woodward  High  School,  Cincinnati, 
Ohio.  In  1885  I  graduated  from  the  Ohio  Wesleyan  University 
with  the  degree  of  A.  B.,  and  received  the  degree  of  A.  M.  in 
1888.  The  following  two  years  I  taught  Latin  and  German 
at  the  Little  Rock  University,  and  then  taught  for  four  years 
at  the  University  of  the  Pacific  as  Adjunct  Professor  of  Latin 
and  Greek.  In  October,  1891,  I  entered  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versit}^  where  I  pursued  courses  in  Latin,  Greek  and  Sanskrit 
under  Professors  Warren,  Gildersleeve  and  Bloom  field,  to  each 
of  whom  I  beg  leave  to  express  my  sincere  thanks,  not  only  for 
the  instruction  given,  but  also  for  their  many  acts  of  kindness, 
which  were  to  me  both  an  encouragement  and  an  inspiration. 

**  His  ego  pro  mentis  quae  praemia  digna  rependam, 
Non  habeo." — \^Prud.  Contr.  Sym.  Jly  750. 

But  to  Professor  Warren  especially,  as  my  chief  adviser,  I  feel 
under  many  obligations  both  for  his  constant  kindness  and  for  his 
words  of  counsel  so  freely  and  generously  given.  In  June,  1892, 
I  was  appointed  Fellow  in  Latin;  in  October,  1893,  Fellow  by 
Courtesy,  and  on  June  14,  1894,  I  received  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 


I 


/ 


'A 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 


1010672850 


-  iT 


cr 

IT 

>t 
O 


II! 


f 

a 
r-  -J 


'•^fS*''^  •'^' 


m. 


■w 


m 


\ 


Wk' 


I 


i\ 


imM. 


•  M  .''■•>'%■  ,<:•.., 


il^ 


lv.r*! 


■^0 


,':iv 


■>  ft"  »:!i.  .-i.Ln 


iHfe  tr'^fe 

w>u|kt^^^^^S 

^^H 

HHj 

|Hk«       t  J^^ 

iPP5^^ 

,'  '*        *''-'<*!iii* 

AlAfl'Sttfei^J 

'   .  '>^.lil 

IHUBB 

«i: 


^S^gjl' 


>»l 


^M 


Iv^'q 


'*Wm 


■.«"3if"1J 


